WO2018045533A1 - Service switching method and related device - Google Patents

Service switching method and related device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018045533A1
WO2018045533A1 PCT/CN2016/098440 CN2016098440W WO2018045533A1 WO 2018045533 A1 WO2018045533 A1 WO 2018045533A1 CN 2016098440 W CN2016098440 W CN 2016098440W WO 2018045533 A1 WO2018045533 A1 WO 2018045533A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
service
identifier
target
source
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/098440
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄正磊
蔺波
张万强
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2016/098440 priority Critical patent/WO2018045533A1/en
Publication of WO2018045533A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018045533A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0069Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link in case of dual connectivity, e.g. decoupled uplink/downlink

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a service switching method and related devices.
  • the multi-terminal shared number function refers to supporting a mobile phone number corresponding to multiple Subscriber Identify Modules (SIMs) or UMTS Subscriber Identify Modules (USIMs), each card corresponding to a different one.
  • SIMs Subscriber Identify Modules
  • USIMs UMTS Subscriber Identify Modules
  • IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number
  • users can put SIM cards or USIM cards with the same mobile phone number in multiple terminals, for example, put a SIM card in the mobile phone, put a SIM card into the car phone, and put it in the wearable device.
  • a SIM card is entered, and the user can specify the type of service that each terminal can use, such as voice service, packet data service, and the like. It can be seen that although there are multiple cards, the user only needs to manage the consumption documents of one mobile phone number corresponding to the multiple cards, which is convenient for the user to use.
  • the user may need to change the running service from one terminal to another in some occasions. For example, if the user needs to leave the car when the user uses the car phone to make a call, the user cannot When you continue to use the car phone to talk, the user will want to continue the call in the phone, then the user often disconnects the car phone first, and re-establishes the call with the phone.
  • the manner of operation is complicated, and there is a call interruption, which brings a lot of inconvenience to the user, and reduces the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a service switching method and related equipment, which can implement a service switching function between multiple terminals, and ensure continuity of service transmission, thereby improving convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a service switching method, including:
  • the first core network device allocates a target bearer identifier to the target terminal
  • the first core network device sends a transmission path modification request to the second core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier,
  • the transmission path modification request is used to request the second core network device to modify a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service.
  • the first core network device can send a transmission path modification request to the second core network device to modify the transmission path of the to-be-switched service, so as to implement multiple
  • the service switching function between the terminals ensures the continuity of the service transmission, thereby improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
  • the first terminal is the source terminal.
  • the service switching request carries an identifier of the target terminal
  • the first core network device determines, according to the service switching request
  • the target terminal that describes the handover service includes:
  • the first core network device Determining, by the first core network device, the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal; or, if the target terminal and the source terminal correspond to the same user, the first core network device The terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal is determined as the target terminal.
  • the method before the first core network device receives the service switching request sent by the first terminal, the method further includes:
  • the first core network device receives an acquisition request sent by the source terminal, and the acquisition request carries an identifier of the source terminal; the first core network device acquires an identifier of at least one terminal according to the obtaining request, where The user corresponding to each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the source terminal; the first core network device sends the identifier of the at least one terminal to the source terminal, and the identifier of the at least one terminal is used by Determining a target terminal at the source terminal.
  • the method further includes: the first core network device sending indication information to the source terminal, where the indication information is used Indicates whether the at least one terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier.
  • the service switching request does not carry the identifier of the target terminal; the first core network device determines the target terminal of the to-be-switched service according to the service switching request, and includes:
  • the first core network device acquires the identifier of the at least one terminal, where the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the source terminal; and the first core network device is according to the at least one The identifier of the terminal determines the target terminal.
  • the first core network device determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, including: the first The core network device determines, as the target terminal, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal.
  • the service switching request further carries the session control indication information of the to-be-switched service, where the session control indication information is used to indicate that the session of the to-be-switched service is managed.
  • the first terminal is the target terminal, and the service switching request further carries an identifier of the target terminal.
  • the first core network device acquires the identifier of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal Information, including:
  • the first core network device obtains the IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal, and Determining, by the IP address of the source terminal, identification information of the to-be-switched service; or
  • the first core network device determines the source bearer identifier as the identification information of the to-be-switched service.
  • the first core network device determines the service flow template as the identification information of the to-be-switched service.
  • the first core network device detects the service flow template corresponding to the source bearer identifier and the service flow of the to-be-switched service Whether the template is the same; or the first core network device detects the to-be-switched service Whether the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template is the same as the source bearer identifier; if the same, the first core network device determines the source bearer identifier and/or the service flow template as the to-be-switched service. Identifying information; or, if not, determining, by the first core network device, the source bearer identifier and the service flow template as identification information of the to-be-switched service;
  • the source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
  • the first core network device allocates a target bearer identifier to the target terminal, include:
  • the first core network device acquires configuration parameters of the bearer for transmitting the to-be-switched service in the context of the source terminal according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, where the configuration parameter includes an access point name APN and public data.
  • the first core network device detects whether there is a target bearer that satisfies the configuration parameter in the established bearer of the target terminal;
  • the first core network device establishes a target bearer for the target terminal according to the configuration parameter, and allocates a target bearer identifier;
  • the first core network device acquires a target bearer identifier used to indicate the target bearer
  • the target bearer is used to transmit the to-be-switched service, and the target bearer identifier is used to indicate the target bearer, where the target bearer includes a radio bearer between the target terminal and a base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a service switching method, including:
  • the second core network device Receiving, by the second core network device, a transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier;
  • the second core network device modifies a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier.
  • the second core network device modifies the transmission path of the to-be-switched service according to the received transmission path modification request, so that the service switching function between multiple terminals can be implemented. And to ensure the continuity of business transmission, thereby improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
  • the identification information of the to-be-switched service is an IP address of the source terminal
  • the second core network device is configured according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service.
  • the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier, and the transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service is modified, including:
  • the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a source bearer identifier of the source terminal, and the transmission path modification request further includes an identifier of the source terminal;
  • the second core network device modifies the transmission path of the data packet to be switched according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, including:
  • the second core network device receives an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and the second core network device sets a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal; or The second core network device obtains an IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, and obtains the to-be-switched to be sent to the source terminal according to the IP address of the source terminal and the source bearer identifier.
  • the downlink data packet of the service is set to the IP address of the target terminal in the downlink data packet, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
  • the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a service flow template of the to-be-switched service
  • the second core network device modifies a transmission path of the data packet to be switched, including:
  • the second core network device obtains an IP address of the source terminal according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and the second core network device receives an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and the The source IP address in the uplink data packet is set to the IP address of the source terminal; or the second core network device obtains the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, according to the to-be-switched service
  • the service flow template obtains the downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service, sets the destination IP address in the downlink data packet to the IP address of the target terminal, and sends the target IP address to the target terminal.
  • the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a source bearer identifier of the source terminal and a service flow template of the to-be-switched service; Including the identifier of the source terminal;
  • the second core network device modifies a transmission path of the data packet to be switched, including:
  • the second core network device obtains, by the second core network device, the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, obtaining a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and performing the downlink
  • the destination IP address in the data packet is set to the IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer; and/or the second core network device obtains according to the identifier of the target terminal.
  • the IP address of the target terminal Obtaining, by the IP address of the target terminal, the downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service sent to the source terminal according to the IP address of the source terminal and the source bearer identifier, and the destination in the downlink data packet
  • the IP address is set to an IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a service switching method, including:
  • the first terminal sends a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used for The switching service of the source terminal is switched, and the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the first terminal initiates a service switching request to the first core network device, so as to implement a modification of the transmission path of the service to be switched by using the first core network device and the second core network device,
  • the service switching function between multiple terminals improves the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
  • the first terminal is the source terminal.
  • the service switching request further carries an identifier of the target terminal.
  • the method before the sending, by the first terminal, the service switching request to the first core network device, the method further includes:
  • the source terminal sends an acquisition request to the first core network device, where the acquisition request carries the identifier of the source terminal, and the obtaining request is used to obtain the identifier of the at least one terminal from the first core network device.
  • the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal in the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal;
  • the source terminal receives the identifier of the at least one terminal sent by the first core network device;
  • the terminal determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal.
  • the method further includes:
  • the source terminal receives the indication information sent by the first core network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier; and the source terminal is according to the at least one Determining the target terminal, the determining, by the source terminal, determining, according to the indication information, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal, as the target terminal .
  • the method before the sending, by the first terminal, the service switching request to the first core network device, the method further includes:
  • the source terminal acquires the identifier of the at least one terminal, and the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal; and the source terminal is configured according to the identifier of the at least one terminal. Determine the target terminal.
  • the source terminal determines the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, and obtains indication information about whether the at least one terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier; the source terminal root Determining the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, including: the source terminal, according to the indication information, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal , determined as the target terminal.
  • the at least one terminal is a terminal that establishes a communication connection with the source terminal; and the communication connection includes at least one of a device-to-device D2D connection, a Bluetooth connection, and a WIFI connection.
  • the service switching request further carries a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template.
  • the source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
  • the first terminal is a target terminal
  • the service switching request further carries an identifier of the target terminal.
  • the method before the sending, by the first terminal, the service switching request to the first core network device, the method further includes:
  • the target terminal determines the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, and obtains, by the at least one terminal, the indication information of the service indicated by the service type identifier, where the target terminal is configured according to the at least one terminal. And determining, by the target terminal, the terminal that determines the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal, according to the indication information, as the source terminal.
  • the service switching request carries a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template
  • the target terminal after determining the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, further includes:
  • the target terminal after determining the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, further includes:
  • the target terminal after determining the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, further includes:
  • the target terminal acquires a source bearer identifier and a service flow template of the to-be-switched service to the source terminal according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service;
  • the source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
  • the at least one terminal is a terminal that establishes a communication connection with the target terminal;
  • the communication connection includes at least one of a D2D connection, a Bluetooth connection, and a WIFI connection.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a first core network device, including:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a service switching request sent by the first terminal, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal;
  • An obtaining unit configured to acquire, according to the service switching request received by the receiving unit, identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal;
  • a determining unit configured to determine, according to the service switching request received by the receiving unit, a target terminal of the to-be-switched service
  • An allocating unit configured to allocate a target bearer identifier to the target terminal determined by the determining unit
  • a sending unit configured to send a transmission path modification request to the second core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, where the transmission path is The modification request is used to request the second core network device to modify a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service.
  • the first core network device provided by the fourth aspect of the present invention is used to perform the service switching method provided by the first aspect of the present invention.
  • the first core network device provided by the fourth aspect of the present invention is used to perform the service switching method provided by the first aspect of the present invention.
  • the structure of the first core network device includes a processor and a transceiver for performing the service switching method provided by the first aspect of the present invention.
  • a memory may be further included, where the memory is used to store application code that supports the first core network device to perform the above method, and the processor is configured to execute an application stored in the memory.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a second core network device, including:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the service to be switched, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier;
  • a modifying unit configured to modify a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier received by the receiving unit.
  • the second core network device provided by the fifth aspect of the present invention is used to perform the service switching method provided by the second aspect of the present invention.
  • the second core network device provided by the fifth aspect of the present invention is used to perform the service switching method provided by the second aspect of the present invention.
  • the structure of the second core network device includes a processor and a transceiver for performing the service switching method provided by the second aspect of the present invention.
  • a memory may be further included, where the memory is used to store application code that supports the second core network device to perform the above method, and the processor is configured to execute an application stored in the memory.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a first terminal, including:
  • a sending unit configured to send a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the first terminal provided by the sixth aspect of the present invention is used to perform the service switching method provided by the third aspect of the present invention.
  • the third aspect of the embodiment of the present invention is used to perform the service switching method provided by the third aspect of the present invention.
  • the structure of the first terminal includes a processor and a transceiver for performing the service switching method provided by the third aspect of the present invention.
  • a memory may be further included, where the memory is used to store application code that supports the first terminal to execute the foregoing method, and the processor is configured to execute an application stored in the memory.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the first core network device, including a program designed to perform the above aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the second core network device, including a program designed to perform the above aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for use in the first terminal, including a program designed to perform the above aspects.
  • the names of the first core network device, the second core network device, the first terminal, the source terminal, and the target terminal are not limited to the device itself. In actual implementation, the devices may appear under other names. As long as the functions of the respective devices are similar to the present invention, they are within the scope of the claims and the equivalents thereof.
  • the first core network device receives the service switching request of the to-be-switched service of the switching source terminal sent by the first terminal, obtains the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request, and determines the service to be switched. And the destination terminal identifier is allocated to the target terminal, and finally the transmission path of the data packet for modifying the to-be-switched service is sent to the second core network device, so that the transmission path modification of the service to be switched by the second core network device implements the service to be switched.
  • the switching ensures the continuity of the service transmission, thereby improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a possible network architecture according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a service switching method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of step 103 in FIG. 2 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • step 104 in FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of step 104 in FIG. 2 according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another service switching method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a target terminal by a source terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a target terminal by a source terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another service switching method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a first core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a determining unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a first core network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a second core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a second core network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a modularity of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another modularity of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of another modularity of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the solution provided by the invention can implement the service switching function between multiple terminals and ensure the continuity of service transmission, thereby improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
  • references to "an embodiment” herein mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiments can be included in at least one embodiment of the invention.
  • the appearances of the phrases in various places in the specification are not necessarily referring to the same embodiments, and are not exclusive or alternative embodiments that are mutually exclusive. Those skilled in the art will understand and implicitly understand that the embodiments described herein can be combined with other embodiments.
  • FIG. 1 it is an Evolved Packet System (EPS) network architecture diagram, including user equipment ( User Equipment (UE), Internet of Things (IoT) equipment, Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN), Mobility Management Entity (MME), GPRS Service Support Node (SGSN), PDN Gateway (P-GW), Serving Gateway (S-GW, Serving Gateway), Home Subscriber Server (HSS), Server (Service) ).
  • UE User Equipment
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • SGSN PDN Gateway
  • P-GW Serving Gateway
  • S-GW Serving Gateway
  • HSS Home Subscriber Server
  • Service Service
  • the EUTRAN is a network composed of multiple evolved NodeBs (eNodeBs), which implements wireless physical layer functions, resource scheduling and radio resource management, radio access control, and mobility management functions.
  • eNodeB is connected to the S-GW through the user plane interface S1-U for transmitting user data.
  • the S1-AP protocol is connected to the MME through the control plane interface, and the radio access bearer control function is implemented by using the S1-AP protocol.
  • the SGSN is connected to the base station controller (BSC) of the GSM/EDGE radio access network (GERAN) through the Gb interface, or the radio network controller of the UMTS radio access network (URAN) via the Iu-PS interface (Radio) Network Controller (RNC) connects to manage mobile data, such as user identification, encryption, and compression.
  • BSC base station controller
  • GERAN GSM/EDGE radio access network
  • URAN UMTS radio access network
  • RNC Radio Network Controller
  • the MME is mainly responsible for all control plane functions of the user, that is, session management, including NAS signaling and security, tracking area management, P-GW and S-GW selection.
  • the S-GW is mainly responsible for data transmission, forwarding, and routing handover of the UE, and serves as a local mobility anchor point when the UE switches between eNodeBs (for each UE, only one S-GW serves each time) .
  • the P-GW is responsible for IP address allocation of the UE, data packet filtering, rate control, and generation of charging information of the UE.
  • the IoT device can access the network in multiple ways.
  • the IoT device can access the network through a direct link (such as wireless access technology), or can be connected to a relay node (such as a UE) before passing through the medium.
  • a direct link such as wireless access technology
  • a relay node such as a UE
  • the multi-terminal shared number function can be supported, which means that one mobile phone number is supported by multiple SIMs or USIMs, and each card corresponds to a different IMSI identifier, for example, a user's mobile phone and smart bracelet. Smart watches and smart glasses can be configured with different cards, and these cards share the same mobile phone number, so that the user only needs to manage one mobile phone number, which is convenient for the user.
  • the terminal A and the terminal B share the same mobile phone number.
  • the service of the terminal A can be switched to the terminal B, and the switched service can be a voice service, a video service, or a packet.
  • the MME/SGSN receives a service switching request sent by the first terminal, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, and the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal; the MME/SGSN is configured according to The service switching request acquires the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal; the MME/SGSN determines the target terminal of the to-be-switched service according to the service switching request; the MME/SGSN is The target terminal allocates a target bearer identifier; the MME/SGSN sends a transport path modification request to the SGW/PGW, where the transport path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the Target bearing And the transmission path modification request is used to request the SGW/PGW to modify a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • the source terminal and the target terminal may be UEs or IoT devices, and the UE or IoT device may include, but is not limited to, a terminal, a mobile station (Mobile Station, MS), or a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal).
  • the UE or IoT device can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network, for example, the UE can be a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) or a computer with a mobile terminal, etc.
  • IoT can Portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile devices (smart bracelets, smart watches, smart glasses, etc.) that exchange voice, video and/or packet data with the wireless access network.
  • the first core network device in the embodiment of the present invention is an MME or an SGSN
  • the second core network device is an SGW or a PGW.
  • these devices may appear under other names. As long as the functions of the respective devices are similar to the present invention, they are within the scope of the claims and the equivalents thereof.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a service switching method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the service switching method in the embodiment of the present invention includes steps 101 to 106.
  • the service switching request in the embodiment of the present invention is initiated by the first terminal, and the switched service to be switched is a service in the source terminal, that is, the source terminal and the second core before the to-be-switched service is switched.
  • a data stream for the to-be-switched service can be transmitted between the network devices.
  • the first terminal may be the source terminal, or may be a target terminal to which the to-be-switched service is to be switched.
  • the switching process please refer to the following details.
  • the first terminal sends a service switching request to the first core network device.
  • the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the service switching request may further carry an identifier of the target terminal.
  • the service switching request may further include a source bearer identifier and/or a traffic flow template (TFT) of the to-be-switched service.
  • TFT traffic flow template
  • the service switching request may further carry the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service.
  • the identifier of the terminal involved in the embodiment of the present invention may be an IMSI of the terminal or a Globally Unique Temporary UE Identity (GUTI) of the terminal, where the GUTI is used in the mobile network, and may be reduced.
  • the private parameters of terminals such as IMSI are exposed in the network transmission, which can avoid the security risk caused by directly transmitting the IMSI identity.
  • GUTI and IMSI can be used to uniquely identify a terminal.
  • the to-be-switched service may be one or more services in the source terminal, for example, the first terminal may send a service switch for requesting to switch the voice service and the packet data service of the source terminal.
  • the request is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the source bearer identifier in the embodiment of the present invention is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes the source terminal and the base station.
  • the service type identifiers involved in the embodiments of the present invention are identifiers for distinguishing various types of services, and the services may include, but are not limited to, voice, video, and packet data services.
  • the first core network device receives a service switching request sent by the first terminal.
  • the first core network device acquires the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request.
  • the first core network device determines, according to the service switching request, a target terminal of the to-be-switched service.
  • the first core network device allocates a target bearer identifier to the target terminal.
  • the target bearer includes a radio bearer between the target terminal and the base station, and a data bearer between the base station and the second core network device, where the target bearer is used to transmit the to-be-switched service, and the target bearer identifier And indicating the target bearer, so that the data packet of the service to be switched can be transmitted in the target terminal by the established target bearer.
  • the first core network device sends a transmission path modification request to the second core network device.
  • the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, where the transmission path modification request is used to request the second core network device to modify the The transmission path of the data packet to be switched.
  • the second core network device receives the transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device.
  • the second core network device modifies a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier.
  • the second core device is configured to set a source IP address in the uplink data packet of the to-be-switched service to an IP address of the source terminal, where the transmission path of the uplink data packet of the to-be-switched service is modified. Or the second core device is configured to set a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal. And sending the downlink data packet of the modified destination IP address to the target terminal. This achieves switching the to-be-switched service of the source terminal to the target terminal.
  • step 102 can be implemented by using the following four feasible solutions:
  • the first core network device obtains the identifier of the source terminal carried in the service switching request.
  • the IP address of the source terminal is determined, and the IP address of the source terminal is determined as the identification information of the service to be switched.
  • the to-be-switched service determined by the first core network device according to the IP address of the source terminal is all services of the source terminal.
  • the first core network device determines the source bearer identifier as the identification information of the to-be-switched service. In this case, the first core network device may determine, according to the identifier of the source terminal and the source bearer identifier, the service transmitted by the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier in the source terminal as the service to be switched.
  • the first core network device determines the service flow template as the identification of the to-be-switched service. information.
  • a service corresponds to a TFT
  • a TFT corresponds to a bearer for transmitting the service.
  • a TFT may include multiple packet filters (also referred to as packet filters), and may be classified into an uplink service flow template and a downlink service flow template.
  • the uplink service flow template is an uplink packet filter in the TFT
  • the downlink service flow template is a downlink packet filter in the TFT.
  • the main content of the filter is an IP five yuan
  • the IP quintuple includes: a source IP address, a destination IP address, a source port, a destination port, and a transport layer protocol number.
  • the transport layer protocol can be classified into a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and a User Datagram Protocol. (User Datagram Protocol, UDP), Sequence Packet Exchange Protocol (SPX), and the like.
  • TCP Transmission Control Protocol
  • UDP User Datagram Protocol
  • SPX Sequence Packet Exchange Protocol
  • the process of using the TFT on the terminal and the PGW, the terminal or the PGW matching the service data packet and the filter included in the TFT is to check whether the IP quintuple in the service data packet matches the IP quintuple in the filter, and if it matches, Then, the service data packet is mapped to the bearer corresponding to the matched TFT. Therefore, the service flow template can uniquely indicate the service to be switched in the source terminal.
  • the to-be-switched service is a TCP-based service between the source terminal and the communication peer
  • the IP quintuple included in the filter in the service flow template of the to-be-switched service includes: the IP address of the source terminal, and the communication IP address of the peer end, port of the source terminal, port of the communication peer, and TCP protocol number.
  • the first core network device detects the service flow template corresponding to the source bearer identifier and the Whether the service flow template of the service to be switched is the same; or the first core network device detects whether the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service is the same as the source bearer identifier.
  • the first core network device identifies the source bearer and/or the service
  • the service flow template is determined as the identification information of the service to be switched.
  • the first core network device identifies the source bearer and the The service flow template is determined as the identification information of the service to be switched.
  • step 103 can be implemented by using two feasible solutions:
  • the scheme for determining the target terminal by the first core network device may be divided into two types:
  • the first core network device determines the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal.
  • the first core network device determines the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal. Specifically, the first core network device authenticates the identifier of the target terminal, and if the target terminal and the source terminal correspond to the same user, the first core network device authorizes the identifier indication of the target terminal. Terminal And determining, by the target terminal, that the target terminal and the source terminal are different users, the first core network device does not switch the to-be-switched service.
  • the first core network device determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the identifiers of multiple terminals corresponding to the same user may refer to the identifiers of multiple terminals corresponding to the same user identifier, and the user identifiers may include, but are not limited to, international mobile subscriber ISDN/PSTN codes. Mobile Subscriber International ISDN/PSTN number, MSISDN) and session initiation protocol (SIP) identifier.
  • MSISDN Mobile Subscriber International ISDN/PSTN number
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • the target terminal is a terminal with the same mobile phone number as the source terminal.
  • step 103 if the service switching request does not carry the identifier of the target terminal, the first core network device determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal.
  • FIG. 3 a schematic flowchart of step 103 is provided according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the schematic flowchart shown in FIG. 3 includes step 1031 and step 1032.
  • the first core network device acquires an identifier of at least one terminal.
  • the first core network device After the first core network device receives the service switching request, the identifier of the source terminal is determined, and the identifier of the at least one terminal is obtained according to the identifier of the source terminal, where each terminal in the at least one terminal The user corresponding to the identifier is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the first core network device may pre-store the identifiers of the respective terminals and the users corresponding to the respective terminal identifiers, so that the multiple terminal identifiers that are the same as the users corresponding to the identifiers of the source terminals are conveniently obtained.
  • the first core network device determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal.
  • the scheme for determining the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal by the first core network device may be divided into two types:
  • the first core network device may select one of the identifiers of the at least one terminal as the identifier of the target terminal, and determine the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal.
  • the other is that if the service switching request sent by the source terminal carries the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, the first core network device supports the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal.
  • the terminal of the service indicated by the service type identifier is determined as the target terminal.
  • the first core network device obtains, by the first core network device, whether the at least one terminal supports the indication information of the service indicated by the service type identifier, where the first core network device selects one of the at least one terminal to support the The terminal of the service indicated by the service type identifier is used as the target terminal.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of step 104 according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4, the flow diagram includes steps 1041 to 1044. .
  • the first core network device acquires configuration parameters of the bearer transmitting the to-be-switched service in the context of the source terminal according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service.
  • the configuration parameter may include, but is not limited to, at least an Access Point Name (APN), a Public Data Network (PDN) gateway address, and a Quality of Service (Qos) parameter.
  • APN Access Point Name
  • PDN Public Data Network
  • Qos Quality of Service
  • the first core network device obtains The bearer identifier corresponding to all services in the source terminal. Therefore, the first core network device acquires configuration parameters of the bearer indicated by the bearer identifier.
  • the first core network device may obtain, according to the identifier of the source terminal, the configuration parameter of the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier in the source terminal.
  • the first core network device can obtain the corresponding service to be switched according to the service flow template.
  • the source carries the identifier, and obtains the configuration parameter of the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier in the source terminal.
  • the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the source bearer identifier of the source terminal and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service
  • the service flow template corresponding to the source bearer identifier and the service to be switched service If the flow template is the same, or if the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service is the same as the source bearer identifier, the configuration parameter of the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier is obtained.
  • the first core network device acquires the configuration parameter of the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier and the configuration parameter of the bearer indicated by the service flow template.
  • the first core network device detects whether a target bearer that meets the configuration parameter exists in the established bearer of the target terminal.
  • step 1044 is performed. If the target bearer that satisfies the configuration parameter does not exist in the established bearer, step 1043 is performed.
  • step 1044 is performed; if not, step 1043 is performed.
  • the first core network device establishes a target bearer for the target terminal according to the configuration parameter, and allocates a target bearer identifier.
  • the first core network device establishes a target bearer for the target terminal according to the configuration parameter.
  • the first core network device may specifically establish a target bearer according to the obtained configuration parameter by paging the target terminal, where the target bearer includes a radio bearer between the target terminal and the base station, the base station, and the A data bearer between the two core network devices, where the target bearer is used to transmit the to-be-switched service.
  • the first core network device allocates a target bearer identifier for the target bearer, where the target bearer identifier is used to indicate the target bearer.
  • the first core network device acquires a target bearer identifier for indicating a target bearer that satisfies the configuration parameter.
  • the first core network device acquires a target bearer identifier indicating the target bearer, where the target bearer is used for transmission, if the target bearer that meets the configuration parameter exists in the established bearer of the target terminal, The service to be switched.
  • step 106 when the identification information of the to-be-switched service carried by the transmission path modification request is different, the second core network device according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the target terminal
  • the identifier and the target bearer identifier are different in the specific implementation manner of modifying the data packet of the to-be-switched service, and the different situations of the identification information of the to-be-switched service in step 102 can be classified into the following four situations:
  • the first case is: if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is an IP address of the source terminal, the second core network device determines the target bearing according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier. Loaded. For modifying the transmission path of the uplink data packet, the second core network device receives the uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and sets the source IP address in the uplink data packet to the IP address of the source terminal. Address: for the case of modifying the transmission path of the downlink data packet, the second core network device obtains the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, and obtains the address according to the IP address of the source terminal. Determining, by the source terminal, the downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service, setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal, and sending the target IP address to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
  • the second case is: if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the source bearer identifier of the source terminal, the transmission path modification request further includes the identifier of the source terminal; and the second core network device is according to the source An identifier of the terminal, determining an IP address of the source terminal, and determining, by the second core network device, the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier.
  • the second core network device receives the uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and the second core network device sets the source IP address in the uplink data packet to The IP address of the source terminal; the second core network device obtains an IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, according to the IP address of the source terminal, And the source bearer identifier, obtaining a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service sent to the source terminal, setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal, and passing the The target bearer is sent to the target terminal.
  • the third case is: if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the second core network device determines the target according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier. Hosted. For the case of modifying the transmission path of the uplink data packet, the second core network device obtains an IP address of the source terminal according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and the second core network device receives the target bearer.
  • the second core network device transmitting an uplink data packet, and setting a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal; and in a case of modifying a transmission path of the downlink data packet, the second core network device according to the Obtaining an identifier of the target terminal, obtaining an IP address of the target terminal, obtaining a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet as An IP address of the target terminal is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
  • the fourth case is: if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the source bearer identifier of the source terminal and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the transmission path modification request further includes the label of the source terminal.
  • the second core network device determines the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier, and the second core network device is configured according to the identifier of the source terminal or the service to be switched.
  • a flow template determines an IP address of the source terminal. For modifying the transmission path of the uplink data packet, the second core network device receives the uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and sets the source IP address in the uplink data packet to the IP address of the source terminal. address.
  • the second core network device obtains the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, and obtains the to-be-served according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service. And switching the downlink data packet of the service, setting the destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal, and sending the target terminal to the target terminal by using the target bearer; and/or, the second core
  • the network device obtains the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, and obtains downlink data of the to-be-switched service that is sent to the source terminal according to the IP address of the source terminal and the source bearer identifier.
  • the destination IP address in the downlink data packet is set to an IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
  • the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template corresponding to the to-be-switched service is the same as the source bearer identifier, the method is performed in an "OR" manner; if the service flow template corresponding to the service to be switched corresponds to the service flow template If the bearer identifier and the source bearer identifier are different, the method is performed in a "and" manner.
  • whether the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier may be represented by an activation state and a deactivation state, where the terminal indicates the service type identifier
  • the terminal indicates the service type identifier
  • the terminal When the service is in an active state, the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier, and when the terminal indicates that the service indicated by the service type identifier is in a deactivated state, the terminal does not support the service.
  • the type identifies the business indicated.
  • the first core network device may save an activation state or a deactivation state of each terminal identifier and various service type identifiers, so that the first core network device directly generates whether the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier. Instructions.
  • the first core network device receives the service switching request of the to-be-switched service of the switching source terminal sent by the first terminal, obtains the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request, and determines the service to be switched. And the destination terminal identifier is allocated to the target terminal, and finally the transmission path of the data packet for modifying the to-be-switched service is sent to the second core network device, so that the transmission path modification of the service to be switched by the second core network device implements the service to be switched. Switching, and is to achieve the business switching function between multiple terminals, and to ensure the continuity of service transmission, thereby improving the end Convenience and intelligence.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another service switching method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the service switching method in the embodiment of the present invention includes steps 201 to 212.
  • the service switching request in the embodiment of the present invention is initiated by the source terminal, and the switched service to be switched is the service in the source terminal, that is, the source terminal and the second core network before the to-be-switched service is switched.
  • the data flow for the to-be-switched service can be transmitted between the devices.
  • details about the switching process refer to the following details.
  • the source terminal sends a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the service switching request may further carry an identifier of the target terminal.
  • the service switching request may further include a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template TFT of the to-be-switched service.
  • the service switching request may further carry the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service.
  • the service switching request may further include session control information of the to-be-switched service, where the session control information is used to indicate that the session of the to-be-switched service is managed.
  • the session control information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of a calling identifier, a called identifier, a media format (such as video, voice), and an encoding mode (video/audio encoding).
  • the identifier of the terminal involved in the embodiment of the present invention may be the IMSI of the terminal or the GUTI of the terminal, where the GUTI is used in the mobile network, and the private parameters of the terminal such as the IMSI may be reduced to be exposed in the network transmission. Avoid the direct transmission of security risks from the IMSI identity. Both GUTI and IMSI can be used to uniquely identify a terminal.
  • the to-be-switched service may be one or more services in the source terminal, for example, the first terminal may send a service switch for requesting to switch the voice service and the packet data service of the source terminal.
  • the request is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the source bearer identifier in the embodiment of the present invention is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes the source terminal and the base station.
  • the service type identifiers involved in the embodiments of the present invention are identifiers for distinguishing various types of services, and the services may include, but are not limited to, voice, video, and packet data services.
  • the first core network device acquires the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request.
  • step 102 For details, refer to the detailed description of step 102 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first core network device determines, according to the service switching request, a target terminal of the to-be-switched service.
  • step 103 For details, refer to the detailed description of step 103 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first core network device allocates a target bearer identifier to the target terminal.
  • step 104 For details, refer to the detailed description of step 104 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first core network device sends a transmission path modification request to the second core network device.
  • step 205 reference may be made to the detailed description of the step 105 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second core network device receives the transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device.
  • the second core network device determines, according to the transmission path modification request, an IP address of the source terminal, an IP address of the target terminal, and a target bearer.
  • the second core network device determines an IP address of the source terminal, an IP address of the target terminal, and a target bearer according to the transmission path modification request.
  • the identification information of the to-be-switched service is different in the transmission path modification request, the specific process of determining the IP address of the source terminal, the IP address of the target terminal, and the target bearer is different.
  • the specific process of determining the IP address of the source terminal, the IP address of the target terminal, and the target bearer is different. For details, refer to the implementation shown in Figure 2. The detailed description of step 106 in the example will not be repeated here.
  • the second core network device may associate the determined IP address of the source terminal, the IP address of the target terminal, and the target bearer, so that the uplink data packet of the to-be-switched service is detected or When the data packet is downlinked, the transmission path can be modified in time.
  • the target bearer is used to obtain an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer;
  • the source terminal IP address is used to modify a source in an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer.
  • the IP address of the target terminal is used to modify the destination IP address in the downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service.
  • the second core network device sends a response message to the first core network device.
  • the response message is used to indicate that the second core network device can implement a transmission path modification of a data packet of the to-be-switched service.
  • the first core network device receives a response message sent by the second core network device.
  • the first core network device sends, to the source terminal, a response message that the handover of the service to be switched is completed.
  • the first core network device After the first core network device receives the response message sent by the second core network device, the first core network device sends a response message to the source terminal to complete the handover of the service to facilitate the The source terminal prompts the user to transmit a data packet about the to-be-switched service through the target terminal.
  • the second core network device receives an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer.
  • the uplink data packet transmitted by the second core network device and transmitted on the target bearer is sent by the target terminal after the handover of the to-be-switched service is completed.
  • the second core network device sets a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal.
  • the to-be-switched service is the voice service between the terminal A and the terminal C.
  • the source IP address carried by the uplink data packet sent by the terminal B is the IP address of the terminal B.
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of terminal C.
  • the second core network device modifies the source IP address of the uplink data packet from the IP address of the terminal B to the IP address of the terminal A, so that the terminal C receives the uplink.
  • the data packet is considered to be sent by the terminal A, so that the terminal C can also identify that the uplink data packet of the to-be-switched service is sent by the terminal B, that is, the service to be switched is from the terminal A to the terminal B.
  • the switching has no effect on the terminal C, thereby ensuring the continuity of the service transmission to be switched.
  • the second core network device obtains a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service that is sent to the source terminal, and sets a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal.
  • the source IP address carried by the downlink data packet sent by the terminal C to the terminal B is the IP address of the terminal C
  • the destination IP address is the IP address of the terminal A.
  • the second core network device obtains the IP quintuple information in the downlink data packet when receiving the downlink data packet, and matches the downlink TFT according to the IP quintuple information in the downlink data packet, and if the downlink TFT is detected, The TFT of the service to be switched sets the destination IP address in the downlink data packet to the IP address of the target terminal.
  • the identification information of the service to be switched corresponding to the four cases is as follows:
  • the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the IP address of the source terminal
  • the service to be switched is the service indicated by all the service type identifiers that the source terminal can support, and then the to-be-switched service
  • the TFT of the switching service is a TFT of all services in the source terminal.
  • the to-be-switched service is a service for transmitting a data packet by using the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier in the source terminal, and further
  • the TFT of the service to be switched is a TFT that performs a service of transmitting a data packet by using a bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier.
  • the second core network device may directly determine the TFT of the service to be switched.
  • the second core network device detects that the TFT corresponding to the source bearer identifier is The service flow template of the service to be switched, or the second core network device determines that the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service is the source bearer identifier, and the second core network device determines The source bearer identifier is the same as the service indicated by the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and may directly determine the TFT of the service to be switched; otherwise, the second core network device determines the source bearer identifier and the service flow of the to-be-switched service.
  • the services indicated by the template are different, and the TFTs corresponding to the source bearer identifier and the service flow template carried in the transport path modification request are all determined by the TFTs to be switched.
  • the second core network device sends the modified downlink data packet to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
  • the second core network device sends the modified downlink data packet to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
  • the source terminal is switched in the service
  • the identifier of the target terminal carried in the request may be determined in two manners, and the source terminal is determined before performing the service switching request to the first core network device in step 201.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a target terminal by a source terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the flowchart includes steps 301 to 304.
  • the source terminal sends an acquisition request to the first core network device, where the acquisition request carries an identifier of the source terminal.
  • the obtaining request carries an identifier of the source terminal.
  • the obtaining request is used to acquire the identifier of the at least one terminal from the first core network device, where the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal and the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal are the same.
  • the first core network device receives an acquisition request sent by the source terminal.
  • the first core network device acquires an identifier of the at least one terminal according to the obtaining request.
  • the first core network device After receiving the acquisition request, the first core network device obtains the identifier of the source terminal, and then obtains the identifier of the multiple terminals corresponding to the same user according to the identifier of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the first core network device sends an identifier of the at least one terminal to the source terminal.
  • the identifier of the at least one terminal is used by the source terminal to determine a target terminal.
  • the source terminal receives the identifier of the at least one terminal sent by the first core network device.
  • the source terminal determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal.
  • the source terminal may select one of the identifiers of the at least one terminal as the identifier of the target terminal, and determine the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal.
  • step 303a may also be performed.
  • the first core network device sends the indication information to the source terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier.
  • the source terminal receives the indication information sent by the first core network device.
  • the step 304 may specifically include:
  • the terminal determines, by the source terminal, the terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal, according to the indication information, as the target terminal.
  • the end of the source The terminal selects, from the at least one terminal identifier, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier as the target terminal.
  • the premise that the first core network device sends the indication information is that the source terminal carries the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service in the sent request, so that the first core network device can feed back at least one terminal.
  • the indication information of the service indicated by the service type identifier is supported.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a target terminal by a source terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the flowchart includes steps 401 and 402.
  • the source terminal acquires an identifier of at least one terminal.
  • the at least one terminal is a terminal that establishes a communication connection with the source terminal, and the communication connection includes at least one of a D2D connection, a Bluetooth connection, and a WIFI connection, where the source terminal acquires each through the established communication connection.
  • the identifier of the terminal, and the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal in the at least one terminal that is finally determined is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the source terminal determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal.
  • the source terminal may select one of the identifiers of the at least one terminal as the identifier of the target terminal, and determine the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal.
  • step 401a may also be performed.
  • the source terminal determines a service type identifier of the service to be switched, and obtains, by the at least one terminal, indication information of whether the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier.
  • step 402 may specifically include:
  • the specific manner may be that the source terminal selects, from the at least one terminal identifier, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier as the target terminal.
  • whether the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier may be represented by an activation state and a deactivation state, where the terminal indicates the service type identifier
  • the terminal indicates the service type identifier
  • the terminal When the service is in an active state, the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier, and when the terminal indicates that the service indicated by the service type identifier is in a deactivated state, the terminal does not support the service.
  • the type identifies the business indicated.
  • the first core network device may save an activation state or a deactivation state of each terminal identifier and various service type identifiers, to The first core network device is configured to directly generate indication information about whether the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier.
  • the first core network device receives the service switching request of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, and obtains the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request, and determines the service to be switched. And the destination terminal identifier is allocated to the target terminal, and finally the transmission path of the data packet for modifying the to-be-switched service is sent to the second core network device, so that the transmission path modification of the service to be switched by the second core network device implements the service to be switched. Switching, and realizing the service switching function between multiple terminals, and ensuring the continuity of service transmission, thereby improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another service switching method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the service switching method in the embodiment of the present invention includes steps 701 to 715.
  • the service switching request in the embodiment of the present invention is initiated by the target terminal, and the switched service to be switched is the service in the source terminal, that is, the source terminal and the second core network before the to-be-switched service is switched.
  • the data flow for the to-be-switched service can be transmitted between the devices. For details about the switching process, refer to the following details.
  • the target terminal acquires an identifier of the at least one terminal.
  • the at least one terminal is a terminal that establishes a communication connection with the target terminal, and the communication connection includes at least one of a D2D connection, a Bluetooth connection, and a WIFI connection, where the target terminal acquires each through the established communication connection.
  • the identifier of the terminal, and the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal in the at least one terminal that is finally determined is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the identifier of the terminal involved in the embodiment of the present invention may be an IMSI or a GUTI of the terminal, where the GUTI is used in the mobile network, and the private parameters of the terminal such as the IMSI may be reduced to be exposed in the network transmission, thereby avoiding direct Deliver the security risks posed by the IMSI logo.
  • Both GUTI and IMSI can be used to uniquely identify a terminal.
  • the target terminal determines the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal.
  • the target terminal may select one of the identifiers of the at least one terminal as the identifier of the source terminal, and determine the terminal indicated by the identifier of the source terminal as the source terminal.
  • step 702 is further performed before the step 703 is performed by the template terminal.
  • the target terminal determines a service type identifier of the service to be switched, to the at least one terminal. And obtaining, by the terminal, whether the terminal supports the indication information of the service indicated by the service type identifier.
  • the step 703 may specifically include:
  • the target terminal determines, by the target terminal, the terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal, according to the indication information, as the source terminal.
  • the specific manner is that the target terminal selects, from the at least one terminal identifier, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier as the target terminal.
  • the target terminal may further obtain the session control information of the to-be-switched service from the source terminal, where the session control information is used to indicate that the session of the to-be-switched service is managed.
  • the session control information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of a calling identifier, a called identifier, a media format (such as video, voice), and an encoding mode (video/audio encoding).
  • the service type identifiers involved in the embodiments of the present invention are identifiers for distinguishing various types of services, and the services may include, but are not limited to, voice, video, and packet data services.
  • the target terminal sends a service switching request to the first core network device.
  • the service switching request carries an identifier of the source terminal and an identifier of the target terminal.
  • the service switching request may further include a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template TFT of the to-be-switched service.
  • the service switching request may further carry the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service.
  • the first core network device receives a service switching request sent by the target terminal.
  • the first core network device acquires the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request.
  • step 104 For details, refer to the detailed description of step 104 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
  • the target terminal after performing step 703, further includes: the target terminal acquiring, according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, the source terminal The source bearer identifier of the handover service is described, so that the source bearer identifier can be carried in the service switch request.
  • the method further includes: the target terminal acquiring, according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, the source terminal
  • the service flow template of the service to be switched is configured to carry the service flow template of the service to be switched in the service switching request.
  • the target terminal after performing step 703, further includes: the target terminal according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, The source terminal obtains the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, so that the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service are carried in the service switch request.
  • the first core network device determines, according to the service switching request, the target terminal of the to-be-switched service.
  • the solution for determining the target terminal by the first core network device may be classified into two types according to the identifier of the target terminal in the to-be-switched service request:
  • the first core network device determines the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal.
  • the first core network device determines the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal. Specifically, the first core network device authenticates the identifier of the target terminal, and if the target terminal and the source terminal correspond to the same user, the first core network device authorizes the identifier indication of the target terminal.
  • the terminal is determined to be the target terminal to which the to-be-switched service is to be handed over; if the target terminal and the source terminal correspond to different users, the first core network device does not switch the to-be-switched service.
  • the first core network device allocates a target bearer identifier to the target terminal.
  • step 104 For details, refer to the detailed description of step 104 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first core network device sends a transmission path modification request to the second core network device.
  • step 105 For details, refer to the detailed description of step 105 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second core network device receives the transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device.
  • the second core network device determines, according to the transmission path modification request, an IP address of the source terminal, an IP address of the target terminal, and a target bearer.
  • step 206 For details, refer to the detailed description of step 206 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second core network device sends a response message to the first core network device.
  • the response message is used to indicate that the second core network device can implement a transmission path modification of a data packet of the to-be-switched service.
  • the first core network device receives a response message sent by the second core network device.
  • the first core network device sends, to the target terminal, a response message that the handover of the service to be switched is completed.
  • the first core network device After the first core network device receives the response message sent by the second core network device, the first core network device sends a response message to the target terminal to complete the handover of the service to facilitate the
  • the target terminal indicates to the user that the data packet about the to-be-switched service can be transmitted through the target terminal.
  • the second core network device receives an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer.
  • the second core network device sets a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal.
  • the second core network device obtains a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service that is sent to the source terminal, and sets a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal.
  • the second core network device sends the modified downlink data packet to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
  • step 712 For details, refer to the detailed description of the corresponding steps in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 in step 712 to step 715, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first core network device receives the service switching request of the to-be-switched service of the switching source terminal that is sent by the target terminal, obtains the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request, and determines the service to be switched. And the destination terminal identifier is allocated to the target terminal, and finally the transmission path of the data packet for modifying the to-be-switched service is sent to the second core network device, so that the transmission path modification of the service to be switched by the second core network device implements the service to be switched. Switching, and realizing the service switching function between multiple terminals, and ensuring the continuity of service transmission, improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
  • each device such as the first core network device, the second core network device, the first terminal, etc., in order to implement the above functions, includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing the respective functions.
  • the present invention can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Now. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods for implementing the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
  • the embodiments of the present invention may perform functional unit division on the first core network device, the second core network device, the first terminal, and the like according to the foregoing method.
  • each functional unit may be divided according to each function, or two or two may be divided. More than one function is integrated in one processing unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of the unit in the embodiment of the present invention is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a first core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first core network device in the embodiment of the present invention may be the first core network device provided in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2-8.
  • the first core network device 1 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a receiving unit 11, an obtaining unit 12, a determining unit 13, an allocating unit 14, and a transmitting unit 15.
  • the receiving unit 11 is configured to receive a service switching request sent by the first terminal, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the obtaining unit 12 is configured to acquire, according to the service switching request received by the receiving unit 11, the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal.
  • the determining unit 13 is configured to determine the target terminal of the to-be-switched service according to the service switching request received by the receiving unit 11.
  • the allocating unit 14 is configured to allocate a target bearer identifier to the target terminal determined by the determining unit 13.
  • the sending unit 15 is configured to send a transmission path modification request to the second core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, where the transmission The path modification request is used to request the second core network device to modify a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service.
  • the first terminal may be the source terminal, or may be a target terminal to which the to-be-switched service is to be switched.
  • the service switching request may further carry an identifier of the target terminal.
  • the service switching request may further include a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template of the to-be-switched service.
  • the service switching request may further carry the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service.
  • the obtaining unit 11 determines that the identification information of the to-be-switched service is different, where the to-be-switched service request carries or does not carry the source bearer identifier and/or the service flow template of the to-be-switched service.
  • the obtaining unit 11 is specifically configured to:
  • the service switching request does not carry the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, obtain an IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal, and determine an IP address of the source terminal. Identification information of the service to be switched; or
  • the service switching request further carries the source bearer identifier, determining the source bearer identifier as the identification information of the to-be-switched service;
  • the service switching request further carries the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, determining the service flow template as the identification information of the to-be-switched service;
  • the service switching request further carries the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, detecting whether the service flow template corresponding to the source bearer identifier is the same as the service flow template of the to-be-switched service; or Whether the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service is the same as the source bearer identifier; if the same, determining the source bearer identifier and/or the service flow template as the identification information of the to-be-switched service Or, if not, determining the source bearer identifier and the service flow template as the identification information of the to-be-switched service.
  • the source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
  • the determining unit 13 determines that the manner of the target terminal is different, and may be specifically divided into two manners.
  • the first mode is: if the service switching request does not carry the identifier of the target terminal, refer to FIG. 10, which is a schematic diagram of a modularization of the determining unit, where the determining unit 13 includes the identifier acquiring unit 131 and the terminal. The unit 132 is determined.
  • the identifier obtaining unit 131 is configured to acquire an identifier of the at least one terminal, where the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the source terminal.
  • the terminal determining unit 132 is configured to use the at least one terminal acquired by the identifier acquiring unit 131.
  • the identifier identifies the target terminal.
  • the terminal determining unit 132 is specifically configured to support the service type in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal acquired by the identifier acquiring unit 131.
  • a terminal that identifies the indicated service is determined to be the target terminal.
  • the second method is: the determining unit 13 is specifically configured to: if the service switching request carries the identifier of the target terminal, determine the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal; or if the target terminal And corresponding to the source terminal, the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal is determined as the target terminal.
  • the service switching request must carry the identifier of the target terminal, and the first core network device performs the determination according to the determining unit 13 in the second manner.
  • the service switching request may carry the identifier of the target terminal, or may not carry the identifier of the target terminal, and the first core network device may determine according to the manner in the corresponding manner.
  • Unit 13 performs.
  • the receiving unit 11 is further configured to: if the first terminal is a source terminal, and the service switching request carries the identifier of the target terminal, receive the acquiring request sent by the source terminal, where Acquiring the identifier of the source terminal; the obtaining unit 12 is further configured to acquire the identifier of the at least one terminal according to the obtaining request received by the receiving unit 11, where the user corresponding to each terminal in the at least one terminal The source terminal corresponds to the same user; the sending unit 15 is further configured to send the identifier of the at least one terminal acquired by the acquiring unit 12 to the source terminal, where the identifier of the at least one terminal is used by the source terminal to determine the target terminal.
  • the sending unit 15 is further configured to send the indication information to the source terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal supports the The service indicated by the service type identifier.
  • the allocating unit 14 is configured to: obtain, according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, a configuration parameter of a bearer that transmits the to-be-switched service in a context of the source terminal, where the configuration parameter includes an access point name.
  • APN a public data network PDN gateway address, and a quality of service Qos parameter
  • detecting whether there is a target bearer that satisfies the configuration parameter in the established bearer of the target terminal if not, according to the configuration parameter, the target The terminal establishes a target bearer and allocates a target bearer identifier; or, if yes, obtains a target bearer identifier used to indicate the target bearer;
  • the target bearer is used to transmit the to-be-switched service, and the target bearer identifier is used to indicate the target bearer, where the target bearer includes a radio bearer between the target terminal and a base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
  • first core network device shown in the embodiment of the present invention may be used to perform the action or the step of the first core network device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to FIG.
  • first core network device shown in the embodiment of the present invention may be used to perform the action or the step of the first core network device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to FIG.
  • functional units and technical effects refer to the detailed description of the corresponding method embodiments, and no further details are provided herein.
  • the first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 can be implemented by the first core network device shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a first core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first core network device 1000 shown in FIG. 11 includes: a processor 1001 and a transceiver 1004.
  • the processor 1001 is connected to the transceiver 1004, such as through the bus 1002.
  • the first core network device 1000 may further include a memory 1003. It should be noted that, in the actual application, the transceiver 1004 is not limited to two, and the structure of the first core network device 1000 does not constitute a limitation on the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the processor 1001 is used in the embodiment of the present invention to implement the functions of the obtaining unit 12, the determining unit 13, and the allocating unit 14 shown in FIG.
  • the transceiver 1004 includes a receiver and a transmitter, and the transceiver 1004 is applied to the embodiment of the present invention for implementing the functions of the receiving unit 11 and the transmitting unit 15 shown in FIG.
  • the processor 1001 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processing (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), and a field programmable logic gate array (Field). - Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processor 1001 may also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • Bus 1002 can include a path for communicating information between the components described above.
  • the bus 1002 may be a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus.
  • PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect
  • EISA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the bus 1002 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one is used in Figure 11. Thick lines indicate, but do not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the memory 1003 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other type that can store information and instructions.
  • the dynamic storage device can also be an Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM), a Compact Disc Read-Only Memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, and a disc storage device. (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • CD-ROM Compact Disc Read-Only Memory
  • CD-ROM Compact Disc Read-Only Memory
  • disc storage device including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.
  • the memory 1003 is configured to store application code for executing the solution of the present invention, and is controlled by the processor 1001 for execution.
  • the processor 1001 is configured to execute the application code stored in the memory 1003 to implement the actions of the first core network device provided by any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2-8.
  • a computer storage medium is further provided for storing computer software instructions used by the first core network device, which includes a program designed to execute the foregoing aspect for the first core network device.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a second core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second core network device in the embodiment of the present invention may be the second core network device provided in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2-8.
  • the second core network device 2 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a receiving unit 21 and a modifying unit 22.
  • the receiving unit 21 is configured to receive a transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier.
  • the modifying unit 22 is configured to modify the transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier received by the receiving unit 21.
  • the modification unit 22 can be divided into the following four cases:
  • the identification information of the to-be-switched service is an IP address of the source terminal.
  • the modifying unit 22 is specifically configured to determine a target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier, and receive an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer for modifying a transmission path of the uplink data packet, and
  • the source IP address in the uplink data packet is set to the IP address of the source terminal; for modifying the transmission path of the downlink data packet, obtaining an IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, according to the Obtaining, by the IP address of the source terminal, a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service sent to the source terminal, setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal, and passing the target The bearer is sent to the target terminal.
  • the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a source bearer identifier of the source terminal
  • the transmission path modification request further includes an identifier of the source terminal
  • the modifying unit 22 is specifically configured to determine an IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal, determine a target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier, and modify a transmission path of the uplink data packet.
  • the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a service flow template of the to-be-switched service.
  • the modifying unit 22 is specifically configured to determine the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier. For modifying the transmission path of the uplink data packet, obtain the source according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service.
  • the IP address of the terminal receives the uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and sets the source IP address in the uplink data packet to the IP address of the source terminal; for modifying the transmission path of the downlink data packet, Obtaining, according to the identifier of the target terminal, an IP address of the target terminal, obtaining a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet And being set to an IP address of the target terminal, and sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
  • the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a source bearer identifier of the source terminal and the to-be-identified Switching a service flow template of the service; the transmission path modification request further includes an identifier of the source terminal.
  • the modifying unit 22 is specifically configured to determine a target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier, and determine an IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal or the service flow template of the to-be-switched service.
  • For modifying the transmission path of the uplink data packet receiving an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and setting a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal; Obtaining, in the case of the transmission path of the packet, the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, obtaining a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and performing the downlink
  • the destination IP address in the data packet is set to the IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer; and/or, according to the identifier of the target terminal, obtaining the IP address of the target terminal.
  • the second core network device shown in the embodiment of the present invention may be used to perform the actions or steps of the second core network device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to FIG.
  • the functional units and technical effects refer to the detailed description of the corresponding method embodiments, and no further details are provided herein.
  • the second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 can be implemented by the second core network device shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a second core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second core network device 2000 shown in FIG. 13 includes: a processor 2001 and a transceiver 2004.
  • the processor 2001 is connected to the transceiver 2004, such as through the bus 2002.
  • the second core network device 2000 may further include a memory 2003.
  • the transceiver 2004 is not limited to two, and the structure of the second core network device 2000 does not constitute a limitation on the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the processor 2001 is applied to the embodiment of the present invention to implement the function of the modifying unit 22 shown in FIG.
  • the transceiver 2004 includes a receiver and a transmitter, and the transceiver 2004 is used in the embodiment of the present invention to implement the functions of the receiving unit 21 shown in FIG.
  • Processor 2001 can be a CPU, a general purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, a hardware component, or any combination thereof. It can be realized or executed The various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure are incorporated.
  • the processor 2001 can also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • Bus 2002 can include a path for communicating information between the above components.
  • the bus 2002 can be a PCI bus or an EISA bus or the like.
  • the bus 2002 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 13, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the memory 2003 can be a ROM or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, RAM or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or can be an EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, optical disk. Storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be Any other medium accessed by the computer, but is not limited to this.
  • the memory 2003 is used to store application code for executing the solution of the present invention, and is controlled by the processor 2001 for execution.
  • the processor 2001 is configured to execute the application code stored in the memory 2003 to implement the actions of the second core network device in any of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 2 to 8.
  • a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the second core network device, which includes a program designed to execute the foregoing aspect for the second core network device.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first terminal may be the first terminal provided by any one of the embodiments in FIG. 2-8.
  • the first terminal may be a source terminal.
  • the first terminal 3 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a sending unit 31.
  • the first terminal 3 may further include a receiving unit 32 and a first determining unit 33.
  • the sending unit 13 is configured to send a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the service switching request further carries an identifier of the target terminal.
  • the service switching request may further carry a source bearer identifier and/or the to-be-switched service.
  • the source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, and the base station Data bearer with the second core network device.
  • the service switching request further carries a service type identifier.
  • the service switching request may further include session control information of the to-be-switched service.
  • the source terminal further needs to determine the identifier of the target terminal, such that the first terminal further includes the receiving unit 32 and the first determining unit 33.
  • the sending unit 13 is further configured to send an acquisition request to the first core network device, where the obtaining request carries an identifier of the source terminal, where the obtaining request is used to acquire at least one of the first core network devices.
  • the identifier of the terminal, the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal in the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the receiving unit 32 is configured to receive an identifier of the at least one terminal sent by the first core network device.
  • the first determining unit 33 is configured to determine the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal received by the receiving unit 32.
  • the obtaining request further carries a service type identifier of the to-be-switched service
  • the receiving unit 32 is further configured to receive the indication information that is sent by the first core network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal is Supporting the service indicated by the service type identifier; the first determining unit 32 is specifically configured to: according to the indication information received by the receiving unit 32, support the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal The terminal of the indicated service is determined as the target terminal.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first terminal in the embodiment of the present invention may be the first terminal provided in any one of the embodiments of FIG. 2-8.
  • the first terminal may be a source terminal.
  • the first terminal 3 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a sending unit 31.
  • the first terminal 3 may further include a first obtaining unit 34 and a second determining unit 35.
  • the sending unit 13 is configured to send a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
  • the service switching request further carries an identifier of the target terminal.
  • the service switching request may further include a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template TFT of the to-be-switched service.
  • the source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, and the base station Data bearer with the second core network device.
  • the service switching request further carries a service type identifier.
  • the service switching request may further include session control information of the to-be-switched service.
  • the source terminal further needs to determine the target terminal, so that the first terminal 3 may further include the first obtaining unit 34 and the second determining unit 35.
  • the first obtaining unit 34 is configured to acquire an identifier of the at least one terminal, where the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal, and the second determining unit 35 uses The target terminal is determined according to the identifier of the at least one terminal acquired by the first obtaining unit 34.
  • the first obtaining unit 34 is further configured to determine the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, and obtain the indication information of whether the at least one terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier; the second determining unit 35 Specifically, the terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal is determined as the target terminal according to the indication information that is obtained by the first acquiring unit 34.
  • the at least one terminal is a terminal that establishes a communication connection with the source terminal; and the communication connection includes at least one of a device-to-device D2D connection, a Bluetooth connection, and a WIFI connection.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first terminal in the embodiment of the present invention may be the first terminal provided in any one of the embodiments of FIG. 2-8.
  • the first terminal may be a target terminal.
  • the first terminal 3 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a sending unit 31.
  • the first terminal 3 may further include a second obtaining unit 36 and a third determining unit 37.
  • the sending unit 31 is configured to send a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal and the target terminal. logo.
  • the service switching request may further include a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template TFT of the to-be-switched service.
  • the service switching request further carries a service type identifier.
  • the first terminal 3 may further include a second obtaining unit 36 and a third determining unit 37, because the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal, and the target terminal further needs to determine the source terminal.
  • the second obtaining unit 36 is configured to acquire an identifier of the at least one terminal, where the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the target terminal.
  • the third determining unit 37 is configured to determine the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal acquired by the second obtaining unit 36.
  • the second obtaining unit 36 is further configured to determine the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, and obtain the indication information of whether the at least one terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier.
  • the third determining unit 37 is specifically configured to determine, according to the indication information that is obtained by the second acquiring unit 36, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal, as a source. terminal.
  • the second obtaining unit 36 is further configured to acquire the source bearer identifier of the to-be-switched service from the source terminal according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service. .
  • the second obtaining unit 36 is further configured to acquire the to-be-to-before the source terminal according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service. Switch the service flow template of the service.
  • the second obtaining unit 36 is further configured to: according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, to the source terminal Obtaining a source bearer identifier and a service flow template of the to-be-switched service.
  • the source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the to-be-switched service.
  • the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, and a data bearer between the base station and the second core network device.
  • the at least one terminal is a terminal that establishes a communication connection with the target terminal;
  • the communication connection includes at least one of a D2D connection, a Bluetooth connection, and a WIFI connection.
  • the first terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 , FIG. 15 or FIG. 16 can be implemented by the first terminal shown in FIG. 17 , as shown in FIG. 17 , which is a schematic structural diagram of the first terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first terminal 3000 shown in FIG. 17 includes a power source 3001, a user interface 3002, a communication module 3003, a processor 3004, a display system 3005, a sensing system 3006, and an audio system 3007.
  • the structure of the first terminal shown in FIG. 17 does not constitute a limitation on the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the power supply 3001 provides power guarantee for implementing various functions of the first terminal 3000.
  • the user interface 3002 is used by the first terminal 3000 to connect with other devices or devices to implement communication or data transmission between the other devices or devices and the first terminal 3000.
  • the communication module 3003 is configured to implement communication or data transmission between the first terminal 3000 and a network side device such as a base station or a satellite, and is also used to implement communication or data transmission between the first terminal 3000 and other first terminals.
  • the processor 3004 can implement or perform various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • Display system 3005 is used for output display of information and for receiving user input operations.
  • Sensing system 3006 includes various sensors, such as temperature sensors, distance sensors, and the like.
  • the audio system 3007 is used for the output of an audio signal.
  • the processor 3003 is configured to implement the functions of the first determining unit 33 in FIG. 14.
  • the communication module 3003 is configured to implement the functions of the receiving unit 32 and the sending unit 31;
  • the processor 3003 is configured to implement The functions of the first obtaining unit 34 and the second determining unit 35 in FIG. 15 , correspondingly, the communication module 3003 is configured to implement the function of the transmitting unit 31;
  • the processor 3003 is configured to implement the second obtaining unit 36 and the third determining in FIG. 16
  • the function of the unit 37 correspondingly, the communication module 3003 is used to implement the functions of the transmitting unit 31.
  • a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the first terminal, which includes a program designed to execute the foregoing aspect for the first terminal, to implement FIG. 2 to The action of the first terminal in any of the embodiments shown in FIG.
  • embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, apparatus (device), or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • the computer program is stored/distributed in a suitable medium, provided with other hardware or as part of the hardware, or in other distributed forms, such as over the Internet or other wired or wireless telecommunication systems.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

Abstract

A service switching method and a related device. The method comprises the following steps: a first core network device receiving a service switching request transmitted by a first terminal, the service switching request being used for requesting to switch a to-be-switched service of a source terminal, and the service switching request carrying the identifier of the source terminal; acquiring, according to the service switching request, the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal; determining, according to the service switching request, the target terminal of the to-be-switched service; distributing a target bearer identifier for the target terminal; transmitting a transmission path modification request to a second core network device, the transmission path modification request carrying the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier, the transmission path modification request being used for requesting the second core network device to modify the transmission path of the data packets of the to-be-switched service. The present invention can achieve a service switching function between a plurality of terminals, and can ensure the continuity of service transmissions, further improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminals.

Description

一种业务切换方法及相关设备Service switching method and related equipment 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种业务切换方法及相关设备。The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a service switching method and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
在移动通信***中,多终端共享号码功能是指支持一个手机号码对应多张用户识别卡(Subscriber Identify Module,SIM)或全球用户识别卡(UMTS Subscriber Identify Module,USIM),每张卡对应不同的国际移动用户识别码(International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number,IMSI标识)。实际生活中,用户可以在多个终端分别放入具备相同的手机号码的SIM卡或者USIM卡,例如,手机中放一张SIM卡、车载电话中放入一张SIM卡、可穿戴设备中放入一张SIM卡,并且用户可以指定各个终端可使用的业务类型,例如,语音业务、分组数据业务等。可以看出,虽然是多张卡,但用户只要管理这多张卡对应的一个手机号码的消费单据就可以了,方便用户使用。In the mobile communication system, the multi-terminal shared number function refers to supporting a mobile phone number corresponding to multiple Subscriber Identify Modules (SIMs) or UMTS Subscriber Identify Modules (USIMs), each card corresponding to a different one. International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number (IMSI). In real life, users can put SIM cards or USIM cards with the same mobile phone number in multiple terminals, for example, put a SIM card in the mobile phone, put a SIM card into the car phone, and put it in the wearable device. A SIM card is entered, and the user can specify the type of service that each terminal can use, such as voice service, packet data service, and the like. It can be seen that although there are multiple cards, the user only needs to manage the consumption documents of one mobile phone number corresponding to the multiple cards, which is convenient for the user to use.
而在实际应用中,用户在某些场合中会需要将正在执行的业务由一个终端变更到另一个终端中,例如,在用户使用车载电话进行通话的情况下,若用户需要离开车而导致无法继续使用车载电话通话时,用户会想在手机中继续通话,这时用户常常会先断开车载电话的通话,并用手机重新建立通话。但是这样操作的方式较为复杂,且存在通话中断,给用户带来诸多不便,降低了终端的便捷性和智能性。In practical applications, the user may need to change the running service from one terminal to another in some occasions. For example, if the user needs to leave the car when the user uses the car phone to make a call, the user cannot When you continue to use the car phone to talk, the user will want to continue the call in the phone, then the user often disconnects the car phone first, and re-establishes the call with the phone. However, the manner of operation is complicated, and there is a call interruption, which brings a lot of inconvenience to the user, and reduces the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供了一种业务切换方法及相关设备,能够实现多个终端之间的业务切换功能,并保证业务传输的连续性,进而提高终端的便捷性和智能性。The embodiments of the present invention provide a service switching method and related equipment, which can implement a service switching function between multiple terminals, and ensure continuity of service transmission, thereby improving convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
第一方面,本发明实施例提供了一种业务切换方法,包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a service switching method, including:
第一核心网设备接收第一终端发送的业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识;Receiving, by the first core network device, a service switching request sent by the first terminal, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal;
所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,获取所述源终端的所述待切换业务的识别信息; And acquiring, by the first core network device, the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request;
所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,确定所述待切换业务的目标终端;Determining, by the first core network device, the target terminal of the to-be-switched service according to the service switching request;
所述第一核心网设备为所述目标终端分配目标承载标识;The first core network device allocates a target bearer identifier to the target terminal;
所述第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送传输路径修改请求,所述传输路径修改请求携带所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,所述传输路径修改请求用于请求所述第二核心网设备修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径。The first core network device sends a transmission path modification request to the second core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, The transmission path modification request is used to request the second core network device to modify a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service.
在本发明实施例第一方面中,第一核心网设备能够对第一终端发起的业务切换请求向第二核心网设备发送传输路径修改请求,以修改待切换业务的传输路径,这样能够实现多个终端之间的业务切换功能,并保证了业务传输的连续性,进而提高了终端的便捷性和智能性。In the first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, the first core network device can send a transmission path modification request to the second core network device to modify the transmission path of the to-be-switched service, so as to implement multiple The service switching function between the terminals ensures the continuity of the service transmission, thereby improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种实现方式中,所述第一终端为所述源终端。In conjunction with the first aspect, in a first implementation manner of the first aspect, the first terminal is the source terminal.
结合第一方面的第一种实现方式,在第一方面的第二种实现方式中,所述业务切换请求携带目标终端的标识;所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,确定所述待切换业务的目标终端,包括:With reference to the first implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second implementation manner of the first aspect, the service switching request carries an identifier of the target terminal, and the first core network device determines, according to the service switching request, The target terminal that describes the handover service includes:
所述第一核心网设备将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为所述目标终端;或者,若所述目标终端与所述源终端对应同一个用户,则所述第一核心网设备将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为所述目标终端。Determining, by the first core network device, the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal; or, if the target terminal and the source terminal correspond to the same user, the first core network device The terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal is determined as the target terminal.
结合第一方面的第二种实现方式,在第一方面的第三种实现方式中,所述第一核心网设备接收第一终端发送的业务切换请求之前,还包括:With the second implementation of the first aspect, in a third implementation manner of the first aspect, before the first core network device receives the service switching request sent by the first terminal, the method further includes:
所述第一核心网设备接收所述源终端发送的获取请求,所述获取请求携带所述源终端的标识;所述第一核心网设备根据所述获取请求,获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端对应的用户与所述源终端对应的用户相同;所述第一核心网设备向所述源终端发送所述至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端的标识用于所述源终端确定目标终端。The first core network device receives an acquisition request sent by the source terminal, and the acquisition request carries an identifier of the source terminal; the first core network device acquires an identifier of at least one terminal according to the obtaining request, where The user corresponding to each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the source terminal; the first core network device sends the identifier of the at least one terminal to the source terminal, and the identifier of the at least one terminal is used by Determining a target terminal at the source terminal.
可选的,若所述获取请求还携带所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,则所述方法还包括:所述第一核心网设备向所述源终端发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述至少一个终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务。Optionally, if the obtaining request further carries the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, the method further includes: the first core network device sending indication information to the source terminal, where the indication information is used Indicates whether the at least one terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier.
结合第一方面的第一种实现方式,在第一方面的第四种实现方式中,所述 业务切换请求未携带目标终端的标识;所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,确定所述待切换业务的目标终端,包括:In conjunction with the first implementation of the first aspect, in a fourth implementation manner of the first aspect, The service switching request does not carry the identifier of the target terminal; the first core network device determines the target terminal of the to-be-switched service according to the service switching request, and includes:
所述第一核心网设备获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述源终端对应的用户相同;所述第一核心网设备根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定所述目标终端。The first core network device acquires the identifier of the at least one terminal, where the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the source terminal; and the first core network device is according to the at least one The identifier of the terminal determines the target terminal.
可选的,若所述业务切换请求携带所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,则所述第一核心网设备根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定所述目标终端,包括:所述第一核心网设备将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为所述目标终端。Optionally, if the service switching request carries the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, the first core network device determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, including: the first The core network device determines, as the target terminal, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal.
结合第一方面的第一种实现方式、第一方面的第二种实现方式、第一方面的第三种实现方式或第一方面的第四种实现方式,在第一方面的第五种实现方式中,所述业务切换请求还携带所述待切换业务的会话控制指示信息,所述会话控制指示信息用于指示对所述待切换业务的会话进行管理。In combination with the first implementation of the first aspect, the second implementation of the first aspect, the third implementation of the first aspect, or the fourth implementation of the first aspect, the fifth implementation in the first aspect In the manner, the service switching request further carries the session control indication information of the to-be-switched service, where the session control indication information is used to indicate that the session of the to-be-switched service is managed.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第六种实现方式中,所述第一终端为所述目标终端,所述业务切换请求还携带所述目标终端的标识。With reference to the first aspect, in a sixth implementation manner of the first aspect, the first terminal is the target terminal, and the service switching request further carries an identifier of the target terminal.
结合第一方面的第一种实现方式、第一方面的第二种实现方式、第一方面的第三种实现方式、第一方面的第四种实现方式、第一方面的第五种实现方式或第一方面的第六种实现方式,在第一方面的第七种实现方式中,所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,获取所述源终端的所述待切换业务的识别信息,包括:The first implementation manner of the first aspect, the second implementation manner of the first aspect, the third implementation manner of the first aspect, the fourth implementation manner of the first aspect, and the fifth implementation manner of the first aspect Or the sixth implementation manner of the first aspect, in the seventh implementation manner of the first aspect, the first core network device, according to the service switching request, acquires the identifier of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal Information, including:
若所述业务切换请求未携带源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则所述第一核心网设备根据所述源终端的标识,获取所述源终端的IP地址,并将所述源终端的IP地址确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或者,If the service switching request does not carry the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the first core network device obtains the IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal, and Determining, by the IP address of the source terminal, identification information of the to-be-switched service; or
若所述业务切换请求还携带源承载标识,则所述第一核心网设备将所述源承载标识确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或者,If the service switching request further carries the source bearer identifier, the first core network device determines the source bearer identifier as the identification information of the to-be-switched service; or
若所述业务切换请求还携带所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则所述第一核心网设备将所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或者,If the service switching request further carries the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the first core network device determines the service flow template as the identification information of the to-be-switched service; or
若所述业务切换请求还携带源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则所述第一核心网设备检测所述源承载标识对应的业务流模板与所述待切换业务的业务流模板是否相同;或者,所述第一核心网设备检测所述待切换业务 的业务流模板对应的承载标识与所述源承载标识是否相同;若相同,则所述第一核心网设备将所述源承载标识和/或所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或,若不相同,则所述第一核心网设备将所述源承载标识和所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;If the service switching request further carries the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the first core network device detects the service flow template corresponding to the source bearer identifier and the service flow of the to-be-switched service Whether the template is the same; or the first core network device detects the to-be-switched service Whether the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template is the same as the source bearer identifier; if the same, the first core network device determines the source bearer identifier and/or the service flow template as the to-be-switched service. Identifying information; or, if not, determining, by the first core network device, the source bearer identifier and the service flow template as identification information of the to-be-switched service;
其中,所述源承载标识用于指示所述源终端中传输所述待切换业务的承载,所述源承载标识指示的承载包括所述源终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。The source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
结合第一方面的第一种实现方式、第一方面的第二种实现方式、第一方面的第三种实现方式、第一方面的第四种实现方式、第一方面的第五种实现方式、第一方面的第六种实现方式或第一方面的第七种实现方式,在第一方面的第八种实现方式中,所述第一核心网设备为所述目标终端分配目标承载标识,包括:The first implementation manner of the first aspect, the second implementation manner of the first aspect, the third implementation manner of the first aspect, the fourth implementation manner of the first aspect, and the fifth implementation manner of the first aspect The sixth implementation manner of the first aspect, or the seventh implementation manner of the first aspect, in the eighth implementation manner of the first aspect, the first core network device allocates a target bearer identifier to the target terminal, include:
所述第一核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息,获取所述源终端的上下文中传输所述待切换业务的承载的配置参数,所述配置参数包括接入点名称APN、公用数据网PDN网关地址和服务质量Qos参数;The first core network device acquires configuration parameters of the bearer for transmitting the to-be-switched service in the context of the source terminal according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, where the configuration parameter includes an access point name APN and public data. Network PDN gateway address and quality of service Qos parameters;
所述第一核心网设备检测所述目标终端的已建立的承载中是否存在满足所述配置参数的目标承载;The first core network device detects whether there is a target bearer that satisfies the configuration parameter in the established bearer of the target terminal;
若否,则所述第一核心网设备根据所述配置参数,为所述目标终端建立目标承载,并分配目标承载标识;或者,If not, the first core network device establishes a target bearer for the target terminal according to the configuration parameter, and allocates a target bearer identifier; or
若是,则所述第一核心网设备获取用于指示所述目标承载的目标承载标识;If yes, the first core network device acquires a target bearer identifier used to indicate the target bearer;
其中,所述目标承载用于传输所述待切换业务,所述目标承载标识用于指示所述目标承载,所述目标承载包括所述目标终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。The target bearer is used to transmit the to-be-switched service, and the target bearer identifier is used to indicate the target bearer, where the target bearer includes a radio bearer between the target terminal and a base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
第二方面,本发明实施例提供了一种业务切换方法,包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a service switching method, including:
第二核心网设备接收第一核心网设备发送的传输路径修改请求,所述传输路径修改请求携带待切换业务的识别信息、目标终端的标识和目标承载标识;Receiving, by the second core network device, a transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier;
所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径。The second core network device modifies a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier.
在本发明实施例第二方面中,第二核心网设备根据接收到传输路径修改请求修改待切换业务的传输路径,这样能够实现多个终端之间的业务切换功能, 并保证了业务传输的连续性,进而提高了终端的便捷性和智能性。In the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, the second core network device modifies the transmission path of the to-be-switched service according to the received transmission path modification request, so that the service switching function between multiple terminals can be implemented. And to ensure the continuity of business transmission, thereby improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种实现方式中,所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的IP地址;所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径,包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a first implementation manner of the second aspect, the identification information of the to-be-switched service is an IP address of the source terminal, and the second core network device is configured according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service. The identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier, and the transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service is modified, including:
所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;Determining, by the second core network device, the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier;
所述第二核心网设备接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;或者,所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。Receiving, by the second core network device, an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and setting a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal; or the second core network device Obtaining, according to the identifier of the target terminal, an IP address of the target terminal, and obtaining, according to the IP address of the source terminal, a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service that is sent to the source terminal, where the downlink data packet is The destination IP address is set to the IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第二种实现方式中,所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的源承载标识,所述传输路径修改请求还包括所述源终端的标识;所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径,包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a second implementation manner of the second aspect, the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a source bearer identifier of the source terminal, and the transmission path modification request further includes an identifier of the source terminal; The second core network device modifies the transmission path of the data packet to be switched according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, including:
所述第二核心网设备根据所述源终端的标识,确定所述源终端的IP地址;Determining, by the second core network device, an IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal;
所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;Determining, by the second core network device, the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier;
所述第二核心网设备接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,所述第二核心网设备将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;或者,所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址和所述源承载标识,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。The second core network device receives an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and the second core network device sets a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal; or The second core network device obtains an IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, and obtains the to-be-switched to be sent to the source terminal according to the IP address of the source terminal and the source bearer identifier. The downlink data packet of the service is set to the IP address of the target terminal in the downlink data packet, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第三种实现方式中,所述待切换业务的识别信息为所述待切换业务的业务流模板;With reference to the second aspect, in a third implementation manner of the second aspect, the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a service flow template of the to-be-switched service;
所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径,包括: The second core network device, according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, modify a transmission path of the data packet to be switched, including:
所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;Determining, by the second core network device, the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier;
所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述源终端的IP地址,所述第二核心网设备接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;或者,所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。The second core network device obtains an IP address of the source terminal according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and the second core network device receives an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and the The source IP address in the uplink data packet is set to the IP address of the source terminal; or the second core network device obtains the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, according to the to-be-switched service The service flow template obtains the downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service, sets the destination IP address in the downlink data packet to the IP address of the target terminal, and sends the target IP address to the target terminal.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第四种实现方式中,所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板;所述传输路径修改请求还包括所述源终端的标识;With reference to the second aspect, in a fourth implementation manner of the second aspect, the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a source bearer identifier of the source terminal and a service flow template of the to-be-switched service; Including the identifier of the source terminal;
所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径,包括:The second core network device, according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, modify a transmission path of the data packet to be switched, including:
所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;Determining, by the second core network device, the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier;
所述第二核心网设备根据所述源终端的标识或所述待切换业务的业务流模板,确定所述源终端的IP地址;Determining, by the second core network device, an IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal or the service flow template of the to-be-switched service;
所述第二核心网设备接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;或者,Receiving, by the second core network device, an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and setting a source IP address in the uplink data packet as an IP address of the source terminal; or
所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端;和/或,所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址和所述源承载标识,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。Obtaining, by the second core network device, the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, obtaining a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and performing the downlink The destination IP address in the data packet is set to the IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer; and/or the second core network device obtains according to the identifier of the target terminal. Obtaining, by the IP address of the target terminal, the downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service sent to the source terminal according to the IP address of the source terminal and the source bearer identifier, and the destination in the downlink data packet The IP address is set to an IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
第三方面,本发明实施例提供了一种业务切换方法,包括:In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a service switching method, including:
第一终端向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请 求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识。The first terminal sends a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used for The switching service of the source terminal is switched, and the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
在本发明实施例第三方面中,第一终端向第一核心网设备发起业务切换请求,以通过第一核心网设备和第二核心网设备实现对待切换业务的传输路径的修改,这样能够实现多个终端之间的业务切换功能,提高了终端的便捷性和智能性。In the third aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, the first terminal initiates a service switching request to the first core network device, so as to implement a modification of the transmission path of the service to be switched by using the first core network device and the second core network device, The service switching function between multiple terminals improves the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种实现方式中,所述第一终端为所述源终端。In conjunction with the third aspect, in a first implementation manner of the third aspect, the first terminal is the source terminal.
结合第三方面的第一种实现方式,在第三方面的第二种实现方式中,所述业务切换请求还携带目标终端的标识。With reference to the first implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second implementation manner of the third aspect, the service switching request further carries an identifier of the target terminal.
结合第三方面的第二种实现方式,在第三方面的第三种实现方式中,所述第一终端向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求之前,还包括:With the second implementation of the third aspect, in a third implementation manner of the third aspect, before the sending, by the first terminal, the service switching request to the first core network device, the method further includes:
所述源终端向所述第一核心网设备发送获取请求,所述获取请求携带所述源终端的标识,所述获取请求用于向所述第一核心网设备获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述源终端的标识对应的用户相同;所述源终端接收所述第一核心网设备发送的所述至少一个终端的标识;所述源终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定目标终端。The source terminal sends an acquisition request to the first core network device, where the acquisition request carries the identifier of the source terminal, and the obtaining request is used to obtain the identifier of the at least one terminal from the first core network device. The user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal in the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal; the source terminal receives the identifier of the at least one terminal sent by the first core network device; The terminal determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal.
可选的,若所述获取请求还携带所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,则所述方法还包括:Optionally, if the obtaining request further carries the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, the method further includes:
所述源终端接收所述第一核心网设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述至少一个终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务;所述源终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定目标终端,包括:所述源终端根据所述指示信息,将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为目标终端。The source terminal receives the indication information sent by the first core network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier; and the source terminal is according to the at least one Determining the target terminal, the determining, by the source terminal, determining, according to the indication information, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal, as the target terminal .
结合第三方面的第二种实现方式,在第三方面的第四种实现方式中,所述第一终端向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求之前,还包括:With the second implementation of the third aspect, in a fourth implementation manner of the third aspect, before the sending, by the first terminal, the service switching request to the first core network device, the method further includes:
所述源终端获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述源终端的标识对应的用户相同;所述源终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定目标终端。The source terminal acquires the identifier of the at least one terminal, and the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal; and the source terminal is configured according to the identifier of the at least one terminal. Determine the target terminal.
可选的,所述源终端确定所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,获取所述至少一个终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的指示信息;所述源终端根 据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定目标终端,包括:所述源终端根据所述指示信息,将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为目标终端。Optionally, the source terminal determines the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, and obtains indication information about whether the at least one terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier; the source terminal root Determining the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, including: the source terminal, according to the indication information, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal , determined as the target terminal.
可选的,所述至少一个终端为与所述源终端建立通信连接的终端;所述通信连接包括设备到设备D2D连接、蓝牙连接和WIFI连接中的至少一种。Optionally, the at least one terminal is a terminal that establishes a communication connection with the source terminal; and the communication connection includes at least one of a device-to-device D2D connection, a Bluetooth connection, and a WIFI connection.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还携带源承载标识和/或业务流模板。Optionally, the service switching request further carries a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template.
其中,所述源承载标识用于指示所述源终端中传输所述待切换业务的承载,所述源承载标识指示的承载包括所述源终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。The source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第五种实现方式中,所述第一终端为目标终端,所述业务切换请求还携带所述目标终端的标识。In conjunction with the third aspect, in a fifth implementation manner of the third aspect, the first terminal is a target terminal, and the service switching request further carries an identifier of the target terminal.
结合第三方面的第五种实现方式中,在第三方面的第六种实现方式中,所述第一终端向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求之前,还包括:With the fifth implementation manner of the third aspect, in a sixth implementation manner of the third aspect, before the sending, by the first terminal, the service switching request to the first core network device, the method further includes:
所述目标终端获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述目标终端的标识对应的用户相同;所述目标终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定源终端。Obtaining, by the target terminal, an identifier of the at least one terminal, where the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the target terminal; and the target terminal is configured according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, Determine the source terminal.
可选的,所述目标终端确定所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,获取所述至少一个终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的指示信息;所述目标终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定源终端,包括:所述目标终端根据所述指示信息,将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为源终端。Optionally, the target terminal determines the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, and obtains, by the at least one terminal, the indication information of the service indicated by the service type identifier, where the target terminal is configured according to the at least one terminal. And determining, by the target terminal, the terminal that determines the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal, according to the indication information, as the source terminal.
结合第三方面的第六种实现方式中,在第三方面的第七种实现方式中,所述业务切换请求中携带源承载标识和/或业务流模板;With reference to the sixth implementation manner of the third aspect, in a seventh implementation manner of the third aspect, the service switching request carries a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template;
其中,若所述业务切换请求携带源承载标识,所述目标终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定源终端之后,还包括:If the service switching request carries the source bearer identifier, the target terminal, after determining the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, further includes:
所述目标终端根据所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述源终端获取所述待切换业务的源承载标识;或者,Determining, by the target terminal, the source bearer identifier of the to-be-switched service to the source terminal according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service; or
若所述业务切换请求携带所述待切换业务的业务流模板,所述目标终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定源终端之后,还包括:If the service switching request carries the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the target terminal, after determining the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, further includes:
所述目标终端根据所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述源终端获取所 述待切换业务的业务流模板;或者,Obtaining, by the target terminal, the source terminal according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service The service flow template that describes the switching service; or,
若所述业务切换请求携带源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,所述目标终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定源终端之后,还包括:If the service switching request carries the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the target terminal, after determining the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, further includes:
所述目标终端根据所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述源终端获取源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板;The target terminal acquires a source bearer identifier and a service flow template of the to-be-switched service to the source terminal according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service;
其中,所述源承载标识用于指示所述源终端中传输所述待切换业务的承载,所述源承载标识指示的承载包括所述源终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。The source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
可选的,所述至少一个终端为与所述目标终端建立通信连接的终端;所述通信连接包括D2D连接、蓝牙连接和WIFI连接中的至少一种。Optionally, the at least one terminal is a terminal that establishes a communication connection with the target terminal; the communication connection includes at least one of a D2D connection, a Bluetooth connection, and a WIFI connection.
第四方面,本发明实施例提供了一种第一核心网设备,包括:In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a first core network device, including:
接收单元,用于接收第一终端发送的业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识;a receiving unit, configured to receive a service switching request sent by the first terminal, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal;
获取单元,用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述业务切换请求,获取所述源终端的所述待切换业务的识别信息;An obtaining unit, configured to acquire, according to the service switching request received by the receiving unit, identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal;
确定单元,用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述业务切换请求,确定所述待切换业务的目标终端;a determining unit, configured to determine, according to the service switching request received by the receiving unit, a target terminal of the to-be-switched service;
分配单元,用于为所述确定单元确定的所述目标终端分配目标承载标识;An allocating unit, configured to allocate a target bearer identifier to the target terminal determined by the determining unit;
发送单元,用于向第二核心网设备发送传输路径修改请求,所述传输路径修改请求携带所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,所述传输路径修改请求用于请求所述第二核心网设备修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径。a sending unit, configured to send a transmission path modification request to the second core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, where the transmission path is The modification request is used to request the second core network device to modify a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service.
本发明实施例第四方面提供的第一核心网设备用于执行本发明第一方面提供的业务切换方法,具体的可参见本发明实施例第一方面的描述,在此不再赘述。The first core network device provided by the fourth aspect of the present invention is used to perform the service switching method provided by the first aspect of the present invention. For details, refer to the description of the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
在一个可能的设计中,第一核心网设备的结构中包括处理器和收发器,所述处理器用于执行本发明第一方面提供的业务切换方法。可选的,还可以包括存储器,所述存储器用于存储支持第一核心网设备执行上述方法的应用程序代码,所述处理器被配置为用于执行所述存储器中存储的应用程序。In a possible design, the structure of the first core network device includes a processor and a transceiver for performing the service switching method provided by the first aspect of the present invention. Optionally, a memory may be further included, where the memory is used to store application code that supports the first core network device to perform the above method, and the processor is configured to execute an application stored in the memory.
第五方面,本发明实施例提供了一种第二核心网设备,包括: In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a second core network device, including:
接收单元,用于接收第一核心网设备发送的传输路径修改请求,所述传输路径修改请求携带待切换业务的识别信息、目标终端的标识和目标承载标识;a receiving unit, configured to receive a transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the service to be switched, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier;
修改单元,用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径。And a modifying unit, configured to modify a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier received by the receiving unit.
本发明实施例第五方面提供的第二核心网设备用于执行本发明第二方面提供的业务切换方法,具体的可参见本发明实施例第二方面的描述,在此不再赘述。The second core network device provided by the fifth aspect of the present invention is used to perform the service switching method provided by the second aspect of the present invention. For details, refer to the description of the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
在一个可能的设计中,第二核心网设备的结构中包括处理器和收发器,所述处理器用于执行本发明第二方面提供的业务切换方法。可选的,还可以包括存储器,所述存储器用于存储支持第二核心网设备执行上述方法的应用程序代码,所述处理器被配置为用于执行所述存储器中存储的应用程序。In a possible design, the structure of the second core network device includes a processor and a transceiver for performing the service switching method provided by the second aspect of the present invention. Optionally, a memory may be further included, where the memory is used to store application code that supports the second core network device to perform the above method, and the processor is configured to execute an application stored in the memory.
第六方面,本发明实施例提供了一种第一终端,包括:In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a first terminal, including:
发送单元,用于向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识。And a sending unit, configured to send a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
本发明实施例第六方面提供的第一终端用于执行本发明第三方面提供的业务切换方法,具体的可参见本发明实施例第三方面的描述,在此不再赘述。The first terminal provided by the sixth aspect of the present invention is used to perform the service switching method provided by the third aspect of the present invention. For details, refer to the description of the third aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
在一个可能的设计中,第一终端的结构中包括处理器和收发器,所述处理器用于执行本发明第三方面提供的业务切换方法。可选的,还可以包括存储器,所述存储器用于存储支持第一终端执行上述方法的应用程序代码,所述处理器被配置为用于执行所述存储器中存储的应用程序。In a possible design, the structure of the first terminal includes a processor and a transceiver for performing the service switching method provided by the third aspect of the present invention. Optionally, a memory may be further included, where the memory is used to store application code that supports the first terminal to execute the foregoing method, and the processor is configured to execute an application stored in the memory.
第七方面,本发明实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述第一核心网设备所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述方面所设计的程序。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the first core network device, including a program designed to perform the above aspects.
第八方面,本发明实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述第二核心网设备所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述方面所设计的程序。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the second core network device, including a program designed to perform the above aspects.
第九方面,本发明实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述第一终端所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述方面所设计的程序。 In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for use in the first terminal, including a program designed to perform the above aspects.
本发明实施例中,第一核心网设备、第二核心网设备、第一终端、源终端、目标终端的名字对设备本身不构成限定,在实际实现中,这些设备可以以其他名称出现。只要各个设备的功能和本发明类似,属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内。In the embodiment of the present invention, the names of the first core network device, the second core network device, the first terminal, the source terminal, and the target terminal are not limited to the device itself. In actual implementation, the devices may appear under other names. As long as the functions of the respective devices are similar to the present invention, they are within the scope of the claims and the equivalents thereof.
在本发明实施例中,第一核心网设备接收第一终端发送的切换源终端的待切换业务的业务切换请求,根据业务切换请求获取源终端的待切换业务的识别信息,并确定待切换业务的目标终端以及为目标终端分配目标承载标识,最后向第二核心网设备发送修改待切换业务的数据包的传输路径,这样通过第二核心网设备对待切换业务的传输路径修改实现了对待切换业务的切换,并保证了业务传输的连续性,进而提高了终端的便捷性和智能性。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first core network device receives the service switching request of the to-be-switched service of the switching source terminal sent by the first terminal, obtains the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request, and determines the service to be switched. And the destination terminal identifier is allocated to the target terminal, and finally the transmission path of the data packet for modifying the to-be-switched service is sent to the second core network device, so that the transmission path modification of the service to be switched by the second core network device implements the service to be switched. The switching ensures the continuity of the service transmission, thereby improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本发明实施例的一种可能的网络架构图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a possible network architecture according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图2为本发明实施例提供的一种业务切换方法的流程示意图;2 is a schematic flowchart of a service switching method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明实施例提供的图2中步骤103的流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of step 103 in FIG. 2 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本发明实施例提供的图2中步骤104的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of step 104 in FIG. 2 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5为本发明实施例提供的另一种业务切换方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another service switching method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本发明实施例提供的一种源终端确定目标终端方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a target terminal by a source terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本发明实施例提供的另一种源终端确定目标终端方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a target terminal by a source terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本发明实施例提供的另一种业务切换方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of another service switching method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本发明实施例提供的一种第一核心网设备的模块化示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a first core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图10为本发明实施例提供的一种确定单元的模块化示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a determining unit according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图11为本发明实施例提供的一种第一核心网设备的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a first core network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本发明实施例提供的一种第二核心网设备的模块化示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a second core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图13为本发明实施例提供的一种第二核心网设备的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a second core network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14为本发明实施例提供的一种第一终端的模块化示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a modularity of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图15为本发明实施例提供的另一种第一终端的模块化示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another modularity of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图16为本发明实施例提供的另一种第一终端的模块化示意图; FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of another modularity of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图17为本发明实施例提供的一种第一终端的结构示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
本发明提供的方案能够实现多个终端之间的业务切换功能,并保证业务传输的连续性,进而提高终端的便捷性和智能性。The solution provided by the invention can implement the service switching function between multiple terminals and ensure the continuity of service transmission, thereby improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
为了使本技术领域的人员更好地理解本发明方案,下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分的实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都应当属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly described in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. Some embodiments of the invention, rather than all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts shall fall within the scope of the present invention.
本发明的说明书和权利要求书及所述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”和“第四”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、***、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first", "second", "third", and "fourth" and the like in the specification and claims of the present invention are used to distinguish different objects, and are not intended to describe a specific order. . Furthermore, the terms "comprises" and "comprising" and "comprising" are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that comprises a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally also includes steps or units not listed, or alternatively Other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or equipment.
在本文中提及“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本发明的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是,本文所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。References to "an embodiment" herein mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiments can be included in at least one embodiment of the invention. The appearances of the phrases in various places in the specification are not necessarily referring to the same embodiments, and are not exclusive or alternative embodiments that are mutually exclusive. Those skilled in the art will understand and implicitly understand that the embodiments described herein can be combined with other embodiments.
为了便于理解本发明,下面先介绍下本发明实施例适用的一种可能的网络架构图,如图1所示,是一个演进分组***(Evolved Packet System,EPS)网络架构图,包括用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)设备、演进的UMTS陆地无线接入网(Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network,E-UTRAN)、移动性管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)、GPRS服务支持节点(Serving GPRS Support Node,SGSN)、PDN网关(PDN Gateway,P-GW)、服务网关(S-GW,Serving Gateway)、归属签约用户服务器(Home Subscriber Server,HSS)、服务器(Service)。 In order to facilitate the understanding of the present invention, a possible network architecture diagram applicable to the embodiment of the present invention is first introduced. As shown in FIG. 1 , it is an Evolved Packet System (EPS) network architecture diagram, including user equipment ( User Equipment (UE), Internet of Things (IoT) equipment, Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN), Mobility Management Entity (MME), GPRS Service Support Node (SGSN), PDN Gateway (P-GW), Serving Gateway (S-GW, Serving Gateway), Home Subscriber Server (HSS), Server (Service) ).
其中,EUTRAN由多个演进型NodeB(eNodeB)组成的网络,实现无线物理层功能、资源调度和无线资源管理、无线接入控制以及移动性管理功能。eNodeB通过用户面接口S1-U和S-GW相连,用于传送用户数据;通过控制面接口S1-MME和MME相连,采用S1-AP协议实现无线接入承载控制等功能。SGSN通过Gb接口与GSM/EDGE无线接入网(GERAN)的基站控制器(Base Station Controller,BSC)连接,或通过Iu-PS接口与UMTS无线接入网(URAN)的无线网络控制器(Radio Network Controller,RNC)连接,进行移动数据的管理,如用户身份识别,加密,压缩等功能。MME主要负责用户即会话管理的所有控制平面功能,包括NAS信令及安全、跟踪区的管理、P-GW与S-GW的选择等。S-GW主要负责UE的数据传输、转发以及路由切换等,并作为UE在eNodeB之间切换时的本地移动性锚定点(对于每一个UE,每个时刻仅有一个S-GW为之服务)。P-GW作为公用数据网(Public Data Network,PDN)连接的锚定点,负责UE的IP地址分配,UE的数据报文过滤、速率控制、生成计费信息等。而IoT设备可以通过多种方式接入网络,IoT设备可通过直连链路(如无线接入技术)接入到网络,也可以先连接到一个中继节点(如UE),然后再通过中继链路接入到网络。The EUTRAN is a network composed of multiple evolved NodeBs (eNodeBs), which implements wireless physical layer functions, resource scheduling and radio resource management, radio access control, and mobility management functions. The eNodeB is connected to the S-GW through the user plane interface S1-U for transmitting user data. The S1-AP protocol is connected to the MME through the control plane interface, and the radio access bearer control function is implemented by using the S1-AP protocol. The SGSN is connected to the base station controller (BSC) of the GSM/EDGE radio access network (GERAN) through the Gb interface, or the radio network controller of the UMTS radio access network (URAN) via the Iu-PS interface (Radio) Network Controller (RNC) connects to manage mobile data, such as user identification, encryption, and compression. The MME is mainly responsible for all control plane functions of the user, that is, session management, including NAS signaling and security, tracking area management, P-GW and S-GW selection. The S-GW is mainly responsible for data transmission, forwarding, and routing handover of the UE, and serves as a local mobility anchor point when the UE switches between eNodeBs (for each UE, only one S-GW serves each time) . As the anchor point of the public data network (PDN) connection, the P-GW is responsible for IP address allocation of the UE, data packet filtering, rate control, and generation of charging information of the UE. The IoT device can access the network in multiple ways. The IoT device can access the network through a direct link (such as wireless access technology), or can be connected to a relay node (such as a UE) before passing through the medium. Follow the link to the network.
在图1所示的网络架构中,能够支持多终端共享号码功能,是指支持一个手机号码对应多张SIM或USIM,每张卡对应不同的IMSI标识,例如,一个用户的手机、智能手环、智能手表、智能眼镜可以配置不同的卡,而这些卡共用同一个手机号码,这样用户只需要对一个手机号码进行管理即可,方便了用户的使用。在多终端共享号码的场景中,假设终端A和终端B共享同一个手机号码,本发明实施例可以实现将终端A的业务切换至终端B,所切换的业务可以是语音业务、视频业务、分组数据业务等等,并且能够保证业务传输的连续性。例如,MME/SGSN接收第一终端发送的业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识;所述MME/SGSN根据所述业务切换请求,获取所述源终端的所述待切换业务的识别信息;所述MME/SGSN根据所述业务切换请求,确定所述待切换业务的目标终端;所述MME/SGSN为所述目标终端分配目标承载标识;所述MME/SGSN向所述SGW/PGW发送传输路径修改请求,所述传输路径修改请求携带所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载 标识,所述传输路径修改请求用于请求所述SGW/PGW修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径。相比现有技术,本发明实施例的方案能够实现多个终端之间的业务切换功能,并保证业务传输的连续性,进而提高终端的便捷性和智能性。In the network architecture shown in FIG. 1, the multi-terminal shared number function can be supported, which means that one mobile phone number is supported by multiple SIMs or USIMs, and each card corresponds to a different IMSI identifier, for example, a user's mobile phone and smart bracelet. Smart watches and smart glasses can be configured with different cards, and these cards share the same mobile phone number, so that the user only needs to manage one mobile phone number, which is convenient for the user. In the scenario where the multi-terminal shared number is used, it is assumed that the terminal A and the terminal B share the same mobile phone number. In this embodiment of the present invention, the service of the terminal A can be switched to the terminal B, and the switched service can be a voice service, a video service, or a packet. Data services, etc., and can guarantee the continuity of service transmission. For example, the MME/SGSN receives a service switching request sent by the first terminal, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, and the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal; the MME/SGSN is configured according to The service switching request acquires the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal; the MME/SGSN determines the target terminal of the to-be-switched service according to the service switching request; the MME/SGSN is The target terminal allocates a target bearer identifier; the MME/SGSN sends a transport path modification request to the SGW/PGW, where the transport path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the Target bearing And the transmission path modification request is used to request the SGW/PGW to modify a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service. Compared with the prior art, the solution of the embodiment of the present invention can implement the service switching function between multiple terminals, and ensure the continuity of service transmission, thereby improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
本发明实施例,除了可以应用于EPS***,也可应用于其它支持多终端共享号码的通信***中,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)***、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)***、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)***、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)***、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)***、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)等。The embodiments of the present invention can be applied to other communication systems supporting multi-terminal shared numbers, for example, Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (Code Division). Multiple Access, CDMA) system, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division Duplex (Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), etc.
在本发明实施例中,源终端和目标终端可以为UE或IoT设备,而UE或者IoT设备可以包括但不限定于终端(Terminal)、移动台(Mobile Station,MS)或移动终端(Mobile Terminal)等,UE或者IoT设备可以经无线接入网与一个或多个核心网进行通信,例如,UE可以是移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)或具有移动终端的计算机等,例如,IoT可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置(智能手环、智能手表、智能眼镜等),它们与无线接入网交换语音、视频和/或分组数据。In the embodiment of the present invention, the source terminal and the target terminal may be UEs or IoT devices, and the UE or IoT device may include, but is not limited to, a terminal, a mobile station (Mobile Station, MS), or a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal). Alternatively, the UE or IoT device can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network, for example, the UE can be a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) or a computer with a mobile terminal, etc., for example, IoT can Portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile devices (smart bracelets, smart watches, smart glasses, etc.) that exchange voice, video and/or packet data with the wireless access network.
基于图1所示的网络架构,本发明实施例中的第一核心网设备为MME或SGSN,第二核心网设备为SGW或PGW。另外,在实际实现中,这些设备可以以其他名称出现。只要各个设备的功能和本发明类似,属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内。Based on the network architecture shown in FIG. 1, the first core network device in the embodiment of the present invention is an MME or an SGSN, and the second core network device is an SGW or a PGW. In addition, in actual implementations, these devices may appear under other names. As long as the functions of the respective devices are similar to the present invention, they are within the scope of the claims and the equivalents thereof.
请参见图2,为本发明实施例提供了一种业务切换方法的流程示意图,如图2所示,本发明实施例的所述业务切换方法包括步骤101至步骤106。其中,本发明实施例中的业务切换请求是由第一终端发起的,所切换的待切换业务为源终端中的业务,即在待切换业务被切换之前所述源终端和所述第二核心网设备之间能够传输针对所述待切换业务的数据流。所述第一终端可以为所述源终端,或者可以为所述待切换业务将要切换至的目标终端。具体切换过程请参见以下详细介绍。 FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a service switching method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the service switching method in the embodiment of the present invention includes steps 101 to 106. The service switching request in the embodiment of the present invention is initiated by the first terminal, and the switched service to be switched is a service in the source terminal, that is, the source terminal and the second core before the to-be-switched service is switched. A data stream for the to-be-switched service can be transmitted between the network devices. The first terminal may be the source terminal, or may be a target terminal to which the to-be-switched service is to be switched. For details on the switching process, please refer to the following details.
101,第一终端向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求。101. The first terminal sends a service switching request to the first core network device.
其中,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识。The service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带目标终端的标识。Optionally, the service switching request may further carry an identifier of the target terminal.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带源承载标识和/或所述待切换业务的业务流模板(Traffic Flow Template,TFT)。Optionally, the service switching request may further include a source bearer identifier and/or a traffic flow template (TFT) of the to-be-switched service.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带所述待切换业务的业务类型标识。Optionally, the service switching request may further carry the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中所涉及的终端的标识可以为终端的IMSI或终端的全球唯一临时UE标识(Globally Unique Temporary UE Identity,GUTI),其中,GUTI用于移动网络内部,可以减少IMSI等终端的私有参数暴露在网络传输中,能够避免直接传递IMSI标识带来的安全风险。不论是GUTI还是IMSI都可以用于唯一识别一个终端。It should be noted that the identifier of the terminal involved in the embodiment of the present invention may be an IMSI of the terminal or a Globally Unique Temporary UE Identity (GUTI) of the terminal, where the GUTI is used in the mobile network, and may be reduced. The private parameters of terminals such as IMSI are exposed in the network transmission, which can avoid the security risk caused by directly transmitting the IMSI identity. Both GUTI and IMSI can be used to uniquely identify a terminal.
可选的,所述待切换业务可以是所述源终端中的一个或者多个业务,例如,所述第一终端可以发送用于请求切换所述源终端的语音业务和分组数据业务的业务切换请求,本发明实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the to-be-switched service may be one or more services in the source terminal, for example, the first terminal may send a service switch for requesting to switch the voice service and the packet data service of the source terminal. The request is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中所涉及的源承载标识用于指示所述源终端中传输所述待切换业务的承载,所述源承载标识指示的承载包括所述源终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。It should be noted that the source bearer identifier in the embodiment of the present invention is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes the source terminal and the base station. The radio bearer, the data bearer between the base station and the second core network device.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中所涉及的业务类型标识是用于区分各类业务的标识,业务可以包括但不限定于语音、视频、分组数据业务等。It should be noted that the service type identifiers involved in the embodiments of the present invention are identifiers for distinguishing various types of services, and the services may include, but are not limited to, voice, video, and packet data services.
相应地,所述第一核心网设备接收所述第一终端发送的业务切换请求。Correspondingly, the first core network device receives a service switching request sent by the first terminal.
102,所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,获取所述源终端的所述待切换业务的识别信息。The first core network device acquires the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request.
103,所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,确定所述待切换业务的目标终端。103. The first core network device determines, according to the service switching request, a target terminal of the to-be-switched service.
104,所述第一核心网设备为所述目标终端分配目标承载标识。104. The first core network device allocates a target bearer identifier to the target terminal.
其中,所述目标承载包括目标终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载,所述目标承载用于传输所述待切换业务,所述目标承载标识用于指示所述目标承载,使得待切换业务的数据包能够在目标终端中通过建立的目标承载传输。 The target bearer includes a radio bearer between the target terminal and the base station, and a data bearer between the base station and the second core network device, where the target bearer is used to transmit the to-be-switched service, and the target bearer identifier And indicating the target bearer, so that the data packet of the service to be switched can be transmitted in the target terminal by the established target bearer.
105,所述第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送传输路径修改请求。105. The first core network device sends a transmission path modification request to the second core network device.
其中,所述传输路径修改请求携带所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,所述传输路径修改请求用于请求所述第二核心网设备修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径。The transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, where the transmission path modification request is used to request the second core network device to modify the The transmission path of the data packet to be switched.
相应地,第二核心网设备接收第一核心网设备发送的传输路径修改请求。Correspondingly, the second core network device receives the transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device.
106,所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径。106. The second core network device modifies a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier.
其中,对于修改所述待切换业务的上行数据包的传输路径的情况,所述第二核心设备是为了将所述待切换业务的上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;或者,对于修改所述待切换业务的下行数据包的传输路径的情况,所述第二核心设备是为了将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址。并将修改目的IP地址的下行数据包发送给所述目标终端。这样实现了将源终端的待切换业务切换至目标终端。The second core device is configured to set a source IP address in the uplink data packet of the to-be-switched service to an IP address of the source terminal, where the transmission path of the uplink data packet of the to-be-switched service is modified. Or the second core device is configured to set a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal. And sending the downlink data packet of the modified destination IP address to the target terminal. This achieves switching the to-be-switched service of the source terminal to the target terminal.
可选地,步骤102具体可以采用如下四种可行的方案来实现:Optionally, step 102 can be implemented by using the following four feasible solutions:
在第一种可行的方案中,若所述业务切换请求未携带源承载标识和待切换业务的业务流模板,则所述第一核心网设备根据业务切换请求中携带的源终端的标识,获取所述源终端的IP地址,并将所述源终端的IP地址确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息。在这种情况下,所述第一核心网设备根据所述源终端的IP地址确定的待切换业务为源终端的全部业务。In a first feasible solution, if the service switching request does not carry the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the first core network device obtains the identifier of the source terminal carried in the service switching request. The IP address of the source terminal is determined, and the IP address of the source terminal is determined as the identification information of the service to be switched. In this case, the to-be-switched service determined by the first core network device according to the IP address of the source terminal is all services of the source terminal.
在第二种可行的方案中,若所述业务切换请求携带源承载标识,则所述第一核心网设备将所述源承载标识确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息。在这种情况下,所述第一核心网设备可以根据源终端的标识和所述源承载标识,将源终端中通过源承载标识所指示的承载传输的业务确定为待切换业务。In the second feasible solution, if the service switching request carries the source bearer identifier, the first core network device determines the source bearer identifier as the identification information of the to-be-switched service. In this case, the first core network device may determine, according to the identifier of the source terminal and the source bearer identifier, the service transmitted by the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier in the source terminal as the service to be switched.
在第三种可行的方案中,若所述业务切换请求中携带所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则所述第一核心网设备将所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息。In a third feasible solution, if the service switching request carries the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the first core network device determines the service flow template as the identification of the to-be-switched service. information.
其中,一个业务对应一个TFT,一个TFT对应一个传输该业务的承载,一个TFT会包括多个包过滤器(packet filter,也称分组过滤器),可以分为上行业务流模板与下行业务流模板,上行业务流模板是TFT中的上行包过滤器,下行业务流模板是TFT中的下行包过滤器。过滤器的主要内容是一个IP五元 组,IP五元组包括:源IP地址、目的IP地址、源端口、目的端口和传输层协议号,其中,传输层协议可以分为传输控制协议(Transmission Control Protocol,TCP)、用户数据报协议(User Datagram Protocol,UDP)、序列分组交换协议(Sequenced Packet Exchange protocol,SPX)等。A service corresponds to a TFT, and a TFT corresponds to a bearer for transmitting the service. A TFT may include multiple packet filters (also referred to as packet filters), and may be classified into an uplink service flow template and a downlink service flow template. The uplink service flow template is an uplink packet filter in the TFT, and the downlink service flow template is a downlink packet filter in the TFT. The main content of the filter is an IP five yuan The IP quintuple includes: a source IP address, a destination IP address, a source port, a destination port, and a transport layer protocol number. The transport layer protocol can be classified into a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and a User Datagram Protocol. (User Datagram Protocol, UDP), Sequence Packet Exchange Protocol (SPX), and the like.
TFT在终端与PGW上使用,终端或PGW匹配业务数据包与TFT中包含的过滤器的过程就是检查业务数据包中的IP五元组与过滤器中的IP五元组是否匹配,若匹配,则将该业务数据包映射到与相匹配的TFT对应的承载上传输。因此,所述业务流模板能够唯一指示源终端中待切换业务。假设所述待切换业务是源终端与通信对端之间基于TCP协议的业务,则所述待切换业务的业务流模板中的过滤器包括的IP五元组包括:源终端的IP地址、通信对端的IP地址、源终端的端口、通信对端的端口和TCP协议号。The process of using the TFT on the terminal and the PGW, the terminal or the PGW matching the service data packet and the filter included in the TFT is to check whether the IP quintuple in the service data packet matches the IP quintuple in the filter, and if it matches, Then, the service data packet is mapped to the bearer corresponding to the matched TFT. Therefore, the service flow template can uniquely indicate the service to be switched in the source terminal. Assume that the to-be-switched service is a TCP-based service between the source terminal and the communication peer, and the IP quintuple included in the filter in the service flow template of the to-be-switched service includes: the IP address of the source terminal, and the communication IP address of the peer end, port of the source terminal, port of the communication peer, and TCP protocol number.
在第四种可行的方案中,若所述业务切换请求携带源承载标识和待切换业务的业务流模板,则所述第一核心网设备检测所述源承载标识对应的业务流模板与所述待切换业务的业务流模板是否相同;或者,所述第一核心网设备检测所述待切换业务的业务流模板对应的承载标识与所述源承载标识是否相同。In a fourth possible solution, if the service switching request carries the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the service to be switched, the first core network device detects the service flow template corresponding to the source bearer identifier and the Whether the service flow template of the service to be switched is the same; or the first core network device detects whether the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service is the same as the source bearer identifier.
若相同,则表示通过所述源承载标识所指示的承载传输的业务和所述业务流模板所指示的业务相同,因此,所述第一核心网设备将所述源承载标识和/或所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息。If the same, the service indicated by the bearer transmission indicated by the source bearer identifier is the same as the service indicated by the service flow template, and therefore, the first core network device identifies the source bearer and/or the service The service flow template is determined as the identification information of the service to be switched.
若不相同,则表示通过所述源承载标识所指示的承载传输的业务和所述业务流模板所指示的业务不相同,因此,所述第一核心网设备将所述源承载标识和所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息。If not, the service indicated by the source bearer identifier and the service indicated by the service flow template are different, and therefore, the first core network device identifies the source bearer and the The service flow template is determined as the identification information of the service to be switched.
可选地,步骤103具体可以采用如下两种可行的方案来实现:Optionally, step 103 can be implemented by using two feasible solutions:
其中,在步骤103的第一种可行的方案中,若所述业务切换请求中携带目标终端的标识,所述第一核心网设备确定目标终端的方案可以分为两种:In the first feasible solution of the step 103, if the service switching request carries the identifier of the target terminal, the scheme for determining the target terminal by the first core network device may be divided into two types:
一种是所述第一核心网设备将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为所述目标终端。One is that the first core network device determines the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal.
另一种是若所述目标终端与所述源终端对应同一个用户,则所述第一核心网设备将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为所述目标终端。具体是:所述第一核心网设备对目标终端的标识进行鉴定,若所述目标终端与所述源终端对应同一个用户,则所述第一核心网设备授权将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端 确定为待切换业务将要切换至的目标终端;若所述目标终端与所述源终端对应不同的用户,则所述第一核心网设备不切换所述待切换业务。The other is that if the target terminal and the source terminal correspond to the same user, the first core network device determines the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal. Specifically, the first core network device authenticates the identifier of the target terminal, and if the target terminal and the source terminal correspond to the same user, the first core network device authorizes the identifier indication of the target terminal. Terminal And determining, by the target terminal, that the target terminal and the source terminal are different users, the first core network device does not switch the to-be-switched service.
在步骤103的第二种可行的方案中,若所述业务切换请求中未携带目标终端的标识,则所述第一核心网设备根据源终端的标识确定目标终端。In the second feasible solution of step 103, if the service switching request does not carry the identifier of the target terminal, the first core network device determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal.
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例中多个终端的标识对应同一个用户可以是指多个终端的标识对应与同一个用户标识,用户标识可以包括但不限于国际移动用户ISDN/PSTN码(Mobile Subscriber International ISDN/PSTN number,MSISDN)和会话初始协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)标识。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the identifiers of multiple terminals corresponding to the same user may refer to the identifiers of multiple terminals corresponding to the same user identifier, and the user identifiers may include, but are not limited to, international mobile subscriber ISDN/PSTN codes. Mobile Subscriber International ISDN/PSTN number, MSISDN) and session initiation protocol (SIP) identifier.
举例来说,假设多个终端标识对应同一个手机号码,可行的方案中,目标终端为与源终端对应的手机号码相同的终端。For example, if a plurality of terminal identifiers correspond to the same mobile phone number, in a feasible solution, the target terminal is a terminal with the same mobile phone number as the source terminal.
进一步地,在上述步骤103的第二种可行的方案中,若所述业务切换请求中未携带目标终端的标识,则所述第一核心网设备根据源终端的标识确定目标终端的方案请一并参见图3,为本发明实施例提供了步骤103的流程示意图,图3所示的流程示意图包括步骤1031和步骤1032。Further, in the second feasible solution of the foregoing step 103, if the service switching request does not carry the identifier of the target terminal, the first core network device determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal. Referring to FIG. 3, a schematic flowchart of step 103 is provided according to an embodiment of the present invention. The schematic flowchart shown in FIG. 3 includes step 1031 and step 1032.
1031,所述第一核心网设备获取至少一个终端的标识。1031. The first core network device acquires an identifier of at least one terminal.
其中,所述第一核心网设备接收到业务切换请求之后,确定所述源终端的标识,再根据所述源终端的标识获取至少一个终端的标识,其中,所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述源终端的标识对应的用户相同。可行的方案中,所述第一核心网设备可以预先存储各个终端的标识和各个终端标识对应的用户,这样能够便于获取与所述源终端的标识对应的用户相同的多个终端标识。After the first core network device receives the service switching request, the identifier of the source terminal is determined, and the identifier of the at least one terminal is obtained according to the identifier of the source terminal, where each terminal in the at least one terminal The user corresponding to the identifier is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal. In a feasible solution, the first core network device may pre-store the identifiers of the respective terminals and the users corresponding to the respective terminal identifiers, so that the multiple terminal identifiers that are the same as the users corresponding to the identifiers of the source terminals are conveniently obtained.
1032,所述第一核心网设备根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定所述目标终端。1032. The first core network device determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal.
其中,所述第一核心网设备根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定所述目标终端的方案可以分为两种:The scheme for determining the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal by the first core network device may be divided into two types:
一种是所述第一核心网设备可以从所述至少一个终端的标识中选择一个作为目标终端的标识,并将目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为目标终端。The first core network device may select one of the identifiers of the at least one terminal as the identifier of the target terminal, and determine the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal.
另一种是若所述源终端发送的业务切换请求中携带所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,则所述第一核心网设备将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为所述目标终端。具体可 以是:所述第一核心网设备获取所述至少一个终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的指示信息,所述第一核心网设备从所述至少一个终端中选择一个支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端作为目标终端。The other is that if the service switching request sent by the source terminal carries the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, the first core network device supports the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal. The terminal of the service indicated by the service type identifier is determined as the target terminal. Specific The first core network device obtains, by the first core network device, whether the at least one terminal supports the indication information of the service indicated by the service type identifier, where the first core network device selects one of the at least one terminal to support the The terminal of the service indicated by the service type identifier is used as the target terminal.
可选地,在步骤104的可实现方式中可以一并参考图4,为本发明实施例提供了一种步骤104的流程示意图,如图4所示,放后面该流程示意图包括步骤1041至1044。Optionally, in the achievable manner of step 104, reference may be made to FIG. 4, which is a schematic flowchart of step 104 according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4, the flow diagram includes steps 1041 to 1044. .
1041,所述第一核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息,获取所述源终端的上下文中传输所述待切换业务的承载的配置参数。The first core network device acquires configuration parameters of the bearer transmitting the to-be-switched service in the context of the source terminal according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service.
其中,所述配置参数可以包括但不限定于接入点名称(Access Point Name,APN)、公共数据网(Public Data Network,PDN)网关地址和服务质量(Quality of Service,Qos)参数中的至少一个。The configuration parameter may include, but is not limited to, at least an Access Point Name (APN), a Public Data Network (PDN) gateway address, and a Quality of Service (Qos) parameter. One.
其中,若所述待切换业务的识别信息为所述源终端的IP地址,则待切换业务为所述源终端可支持的全部业务类型标识所指示的业务,则所述第一核心网设备获取所述源终端中全部业务对应的承载标识,因此,所述第一核心网设备获取承载标识指示的承载的配置参数。If the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the IP address of the source terminal, and the service to be switched is the service indicated by all the service type identifiers that the source terminal can support, the first core network device obtains The bearer identifier corresponding to all services in the source terminal. Therefore, the first core network device acquires configuration parameters of the bearer indicated by the bearer identifier.
或者,若所述待切换业务的识别信息为源承载标识,则所述第一核心网设备可以根据源终端的标识,获取所述源终端中源承载标识指示的承载的配置参数。Or, if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the source bearer identifier, the first core network device may obtain, according to the identifier of the source terminal, the configuration parameter of the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier in the source terminal.
或者,若所述待切换业务的识别信息为所述待切换业务的业务流模板,由于每个TFT对应一个承载,因此所述第一核心网设备能够根据业务流模板获取到待切换业务对应的源承载标识,并获取所述源终端中源承载标识指示的承载的配置参数。Or, if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the first core network device can obtain the corresponding service to be switched according to the service flow template. The source carries the identifier, and obtains the configuration parameter of the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier in the source terminal.
或者,若所述待切换业务的识别信息为所述源终端的源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,在所述源承载标识对应的业务流模板与所述待切换业务的业务流模板相同的情况下,或者,在所述待切换业务的业务流模板对应的承载标识与所述源承载标识相同的情况下,获取源承载标识指示的承载的配置参数。在所述源承载标识对应的业务流模板与所述待切换业务的业务流模板不相同的情况下,或者,在所述待切换业务的业务流模板对应的承载标识与所述源承载标识不相同的情况下,所述第一核心网设备获取源承载标识指示的承载的配置参数和所述业务流模板指示的承载的配置参数。 Or, if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the source bearer identifier of the source terminal and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the service flow template corresponding to the source bearer identifier and the service to be switched service If the flow template is the same, or if the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service is the same as the source bearer identifier, the configuration parameter of the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier is obtained. If the service flow template corresponding to the source bearer identifier is different from the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, or the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service is not the source bearer identifier In the same case, the first core network device acquires the configuration parameter of the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier and the configuration parameter of the bearer indicated by the service flow template.
1042,所述第一核心网设备检测所述目标终端的已建立的承载中是否存在满足所述配置参数的目标承载。1042. The first core network device detects whether a target bearer that meets the configuration parameter exists in the established bearer of the target terminal.
其中,若已建立的承载中存在满足所述配置参数的目标承载,则执行步骤1044,若已建立的承载中不存在满足所述配置参数的目标承载,则执行步骤1043。If the target bearer that satisfies the configuration parameter exists in the established bearer, step 1044 is performed. If the target bearer that satisfies the configuration parameter does not exist in the established bearer, step 1043 is performed.
其中,若所述待切换业务为多个,则确定的所述待切换业务的承载的配置参数为多种,进而,所述第一核心网设备需要检测目标终端的已建立的承载中是否存在满足所述每一种配置参数的目标承载,若存在,则执行步骤1044;若不存在,则执行步骤1043。If the number of the to-be-switched services is multiple, the determined configuration parameters of the bearer to be switched are multiple, and the first core network device needs to detect whether the established bearer of the target terminal exists. The target bearer of each of the configuration parameters is met. If yes, step 1044 is performed; if not, step 1043 is performed.
1043,若否,则所述第一核心网设备根据所述配置参数,为所述目标终端建立目标承载,并分配目标承载标识。1043. If no, the first core network device establishes a target bearer for the target terminal according to the configuration parameter, and allocates a target bearer identifier.
其中,若检测到所述目标终端的已建立的承载中不存在满足所述配置参数的目标承载,则所述第一核心网设备根据所述配置参数,为所述目标终端建立目标承载。可选的,所述第一核心网设备具体可以通过寻呼目标终端的方式,按照获取的配置参数建立目标承载,所述目标承载包括目标终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载,所述目标承载用于传输所述待切换业务。并且所述第一核心网设备为所述目标承载分配目标承载标识,所述目标承载标识用于指示所述目标承载。If the target bearer that satisfies the configuration parameter is not found in the established bearer of the target terminal, the first core network device establishes a target bearer for the target terminal according to the configuration parameter. Optionally, the first core network device may specifically establish a target bearer according to the obtained configuration parameter by paging the target terminal, where the target bearer includes a radio bearer between the target terminal and the base station, the base station, and the A data bearer between the two core network devices, where the target bearer is used to transmit the to-be-switched service. And the first core network device allocates a target bearer identifier for the target bearer, where the target bearer identifier is used to indicate the target bearer.
1044,若是,则所述第一核心网设备获取用于指示满足所述配置参数的目标承载的目标承载标识。1044. If yes, the first core network device acquires a target bearer identifier for indicating a target bearer that satisfies the configuration parameter.
其中,若检测到所述目标终端的已建立的承载中存在满足所述配置参数的目标承载,所述第一核心网设备获取指示所述目标承载的目标承载标识,所述目标承载用于传输所述待切换业务。The first core network device acquires a target bearer identifier indicating the target bearer, where the target bearer is used for transmission, if the target bearer that meets the configuration parameter exists in the established bearer of the target terminal, The service to be switched.
进一步地,在步骤106中,当所述传输路径修改请求携带的所述待切换业务的识别信息不同时,所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径具体实现方式不同,针对步骤102中所述待切换业务的识别信息的不同情况,可以分为以下四种情况:Further, in step 106, when the identification information of the to-be-switched service carried by the transmission path modification request is different, the second core network device according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the target terminal The identifier and the target bearer identifier are different in the specific implementation manner of modifying the data packet of the to-be-switched service, and the different situations of the identification information of the to-be-switched service in step 102 can be classified into the following four situations:
第一种情况为:若所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的IP地址,则所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承 载。对于修改上行数据包的传输路径的情况,所述第二核心网设备接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;对于修改下行数据包的传输路径的情况,所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。The first case is: if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is an IP address of the source terminal, the second core network device determines the target bearing according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier. Loaded. For modifying the transmission path of the uplink data packet, the second core network device receives the uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and sets the source IP address in the uplink data packet to the IP address of the source terminal. Address: for the case of modifying the transmission path of the downlink data packet, the second core network device obtains the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, and obtains the address according to the IP address of the source terminal. Determining, by the source terminal, the downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service, setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal, and sending the target IP address to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
第二种情况为:若所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的源承载标识,所述传输路径修改请求还包括所述源终端的标识;则所述第二核心网设备根据所述源终端的标识,确定所述源终端的IP地址,并且所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载。对于修改上行数据包的传输路径的情况,所述第二核心网设备接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,所述第二核心网设备将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;对于修改下行数据包的传输路径的情况,所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址和所述源承载标识,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。The second case is: if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the source bearer identifier of the source terminal, the transmission path modification request further includes the identifier of the source terminal; and the second core network device is according to the source An identifier of the terminal, determining an IP address of the source terminal, and determining, by the second core network device, the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier. For the case of modifying the transmission path of the uplink data packet, the second core network device receives the uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and the second core network device sets the source IP address in the uplink data packet to The IP address of the source terminal; the second core network device obtains an IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, according to the IP address of the source terminal, And the source bearer identifier, obtaining a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service sent to the source terminal, setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal, and passing the The target bearer is sent to the target terminal.
第三种情况为:若所述待切换业务的识别信息为所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载。对于修改上行数据包的传输路径的情况,所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述源终端的IP地址,所述第二核心网设备接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;对于修改下行数据包的传输路径的情况,所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。The third case is: if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the second core network device determines the target according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier. Hosted. For the case of modifying the transmission path of the uplink data packet, the second core network device obtains an IP address of the source terminal according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and the second core network device receives the target bearer. And transmitting an uplink data packet, and setting a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal; and in a case of modifying a transmission path of the downlink data packet, the second core network device according to the Obtaining an identifier of the target terminal, obtaining an IP address of the target terminal, obtaining a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet as An IP address of the target terminal is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
第四种情况为:若所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,所述传输路径修改请求还包括所述源终端的标 识,则所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载,所述第二核心网设备根据所述源终端的标识或所述待切换业务的业务流模板,确定所述源终端的IP地址。对于修改上行数据包的传输路径的情况,所述第二核心网设备接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址。The fourth case is: if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the source bearer identifier of the source terminal and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the transmission path modification request further includes the label of the source terminal. The second core network device determines the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier, and the second core network device is configured according to the identifier of the source terminal or the service to be switched. A flow template determines an IP address of the source terminal. For modifying the transmission path of the uplink data packet, the second core network device receives the uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and sets the source IP address in the uplink data packet to the IP address of the source terminal. address.
对于修改下行数据包的传输路径的情况,所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端;和/或,所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址和所述源承载标识,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。需要说明的是,若所述待切换业务对应的业务流模板对应的承载标识和所述源承载标识相同,则采用“或”的方式执行;若所述待切换业务对应的业务流模板对应的承载标识和所述源承载标识不相同,则采用“和”的方式执行。For the case of modifying the transmission path of the downlink data packet, the second core network device obtains the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, and obtains the to-be-served according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service. And switching the downlink data packet of the service, setting the destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal, and sending the target terminal to the target terminal by using the target bearer; and/or, the second core The network device obtains the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, and obtains downlink data of the to-be-switched service that is sent to the source terminal according to the IP address of the source terminal and the source bearer identifier. And a packet, the destination IP address in the downlink data packet is set to an IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer. It should be noted that, if the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template corresponding to the to-be-switched service is the same as the source bearer identifier, the method is performed in an "OR" manner; if the service flow template corresponding to the service to be switched corresponds to the service flow template If the bearer identifier and the source bearer identifier are different, the method is performed in a "and" manner.
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例的一种可行方案中,终端是否支持业务类型标识所指示的业务可通过激活状态和去激活状态表示,当所述终端针对所述业务类型标识所指示的业务为激活状态时,表示所述终端支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务,当所述终端针对所述业务类型标识所指示的业务为去激活状态时,表示所述终端不支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务。所述第一核心网设备可以保存各个终端标识与各种业务类型标识的激活状态或去激活状态,以便于所述第一核心网设备直接生成终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的指示信息。It should be noted that, in a feasible solution of the embodiment of the present invention, whether the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier may be represented by an activation state and a deactivation state, where the terminal indicates the service type identifier When the service is in an active state, the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier, and when the terminal indicates that the service indicated by the service type identifier is in a deactivated state, the terminal does not support the service. The type identifies the business indicated. The first core network device may save an activation state or a deactivation state of each terminal identifier and various service type identifiers, so that the first core network device directly generates whether the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier. Instructions.
在本发明实施例中,第一核心网设备接收第一终端发送的切换源终端的待切换业务的业务切换请求,根据业务切换请求获取源终端的待切换业务的识别信息,并确定待切换业务的目标终端以及为目标终端分配目标承载标识,最后向第二核心网设备发送修改待切换业务的数据包的传输路径,这样通过第二核心网设备对待切换业务的传输路径修改实现了对待切换业务的切换,并且是实现多个终端之间的业务切换功能,并保证了业务传输的连续性,进而提高了终 端的便捷性和智能性。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first core network device receives the service switching request of the to-be-switched service of the switching source terminal sent by the first terminal, obtains the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request, and determines the service to be switched. And the destination terminal identifier is allocated to the target terminal, and finally the transmission path of the data packet for modifying the to-be-switched service is sent to the second core network device, so that the transmission path modification of the service to be switched by the second core network device implements the service to be switched. Switching, and is to achieve the business switching function between multiple terminals, and to ensure the continuity of service transmission, thereby improving the end Convenience and intelligence.
请参见图5,为本发明实施例提供了另一种业务切换方法的流程示意图,如图5所示,本发明实施例的所述业务切换方法包括步骤201至步骤212。其中,本发明实施例中的业务切换请求是由源终端发起的,所切换的待切换业务为源终端中的业务,即在待切换业务被切换之前所述源终端和所述第二核心网设备之间能够传输针对所述待切换业务的数据流,具体切换过程请参见以下详细介绍。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another service switching method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 5, the service switching method in the embodiment of the present invention includes steps 201 to 212. The service switching request in the embodiment of the present invention is initiated by the source terminal, and the switched service to be switched is the service in the source terminal, that is, the source terminal and the second core network before the to-be-switched service is switched. The data flow for the to-be-switched service can be transmitted between the devices. For details about the switching process, refer to the following details.
201,源终端向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识。The source terminal sends a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
其中,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识。The service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带目标终端的标识。Optionally, the service switching request may further carry an identifier of the target terminal.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带源承载标识和/或所述待切换业务的业务流模板TFT。Optionally, the service switching request may further include a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template TFT of the to-be-switched service.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带所述待切换业务的业务类型标识。Optionally, the service switching request may further carry the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以包括所述待切换业务的会话控制信息,所述会话控制信息用于指示对所述待切换业务的会话进行管理。所述会话控制信息可以包括但不限定于主叫标识符、被叫标识符、媒体格式(如视频、语音)和编码方式(视频/音频编码方式)中的至少一个。Optionally, the service switching request may further include session control information of the to-be-switched service, where the session control information is used to indicate that the session of the to-be-switched service is managed. The session control information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of a calling identifier, a called identifier, a media format (such as video, voice), and an encoding mode (video/audio encoding).
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中所涉及的终端的标识可以为终端的IMSI或终端的GUTI,其中,GUTI用于移动网络内部,可以减少IMSI等终端的私有参数暴露在网络传输中,能够避免直接传递IMSI标识带来的安全风险。不论是GUTI还是IMSI都可以用于唯一识别一个终端。It should be noted that the identifier of the terminal involved in the embodiment of the present invention may be the IMSI of the terminal or the GUTI of the terminal, where the GUTI is used in the mobile network, and the private parameters of the terminal such as the IMSI may be reduced to be exposed in the network transmission. Avoid the direct transmission of security risks from the IMSI identity. Both GUTI and IMSI can be used to uniquely identify a terminal.
可选的,所述待切换业务可以是所述源终端中的一个或者多个业务,例如,所述第一终端可以发送用于请求切换所述源终端的语音业务和分组数据业务的业务切换请求,本发明实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the to-be-switched service may be one or more services in the source terminal, for example, the first terminal may send a service switch for requesting to switch the voice service and the packet data service of the source terminal. The request is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中所涉及的源承载标识用于指示所述源终端中传输所述待切换业务的承载,所述源承载标识指示的承载包括所述源终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。 It should be noted that the source bearer identifier in the embodiment of the present invention is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes the source terminal and the base station. The radio bearer, the data bearer between the base station and the second core network device.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中所涉及的业务类型标识是用于区分各类业务的标识,业务可以包括但不限定于语音、视频、分组数据业务等。It should be noted that the service type identifiers involved in the embodiments of the present invention are identifiers for distinguishing various types of services, and the services may include, but are not limited to, voice, video, and packet data services.
202,所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,获取所述源终端的所述待切换业务的识别信息。202. The first core network device acquires the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request.
其中,步骤202可以参见图2所示实施例中步骤102的详细介绍,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to the detailed description of step 102 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
203,所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,确定所述待切换业务的目标终端。203. The first core network device determines, according to the service switching request, a target terminal of the to-be-switched service.
其中,步骤203可以参见图2所示实施例中步骤103的详细介绍,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to the detailed description of step 103 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
204,所述第一核心网设备为所述目标终端分配目标承载标识。204. The first core network device allocates a target bearer identifier to the target terminal.
其中,步骤204可以参见图2所示实施例中步骤104的详细介绍,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to the detailed description of step 104 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
205,所述第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送传输路径修改请求。205. The first core network device sends a transmission path modification request to the second core network device.
其中,步骤205可以参见图2所示实施例中步骤105的详细介绍,在此不再赘述。For the step 205, reference may be made to the detailed description of the step 105 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
相应地,所述第二核心网设备接收所述第一核心网设备发送的传输路径修改请求。Correspondingly, the second core network device receives the transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device.
206、所述第二核心网设备根据所述传输路径修改请求确定所述源终端的IP地址、目标终端的IP地址和目标承载。206. The second core network device determines, according to the transmission path modification request, an IP address of the source terminal, an IP address of the target terminal, and a target bearer.
具体的,所述第二核心网设备根据所述传输路径修改请求确定所述源终端的IP地址、目标终端的IP地址和目标承载。当所述传输路径修改请求中所述待切换业务的识别信息不同时,所述源终端的IP地址、目标终端的IP地址和目标承载的具体确定过程不相同,具体可以参见图2所示实施例中步骤106的详细介绍,在此不再赘述。Specifically, the second core network device determines an IP address of the source terminal, an IP address of the target terminal, and a target bearer according to the transmission path modification request. When the identification information of the to-be-switched service is different in the transmission path modification request, the specific process of determining the IP address of the source terminal, the IP address of the target terminal, and the target bearer is different. For details, refer to the implementation shown in Figure 2. The detailed description of step 106 in the example will not be repeated here.
可选的,所述第二核心网设备可以将所确定的所述源终端的IP地址、目标终端的IP地址和目标承载进行关联存储,这样在检测到所述待切换业务的上行数据包或者下行数据包时,能够及时修改传输路径。Optionally, the second core network device may associate the determined IP address of the source terminal, the IP address of the target terminal, and the target bearer, so that the uplink data packet of the to-be-switched service is detected or When the data packet is downlinked, the transmission path can be modified in time.
需要说明的是,所述目标承载被用于获取所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包;所述源终端IP地址被用于修改在所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包中源 IP地址;所述目标终端的IP地址被用于修改所述待切换业务的下行数据包中的目的IP地址。其中,所述第二核心网设备对所述待切换业务的下行数据包的确定方式可参见步骤211的具体介绍。It should be noted that the target bearer is used to obtain an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer; the source terminal IP address is used to modify a source in an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer. The IP address of the target terminal is used to modify the destination IP address in the downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service. For the method for determining the downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service by the second core network device, refer to the specific description of step 211.
207、所述第二核心网设备向所述第一核心网设备发送响应消息。207. The second core network device sends a response message to the first core network device.
其中,所述响应消息用于表示所述第二核心网设备能够实现对所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径修改。The response message is used to indicate that the second core network device can implement a transmission path modification of a data packet of the to-be-switched service.
相应地,所述第一核心网设备接收所述第二核心网设备发送的响应消息。Correspondingly, the first core network device receives a response message sent by the second core network device.
208、所述第一核心网设备向所述源终端发送待切换业务切换完成的响应消息。208. The first core network device sends, to the source terminal, a response message that the handover of the service to be switched is completed.
其中,在所述第一核心网设备接收到所述第二核心网设备发送的响应消息之后,所述第一核心网设备向所述源终端发送待切换业务切换完成的响应消息,以便于所述源终端向用户提示可以通过目标终端传输关于所述待切换业务的数据包。After the first core network device receives the response message sent by the second core network device, the first core network device sends a response message to the source terminal to complete the handover of the service to facilitate the The source terminal prompts the user to transmit a data packet about the to-be-switched service through the target terminal.
209、所述第二核心网设备接收在所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包。209. The second core network device receives an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer.
其中,在待切换业务切换完成之后,所述第二核心网设备接收到的在所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包是由所述目标终端的发送的。The uplink data packet transmitted by the second core network device and transmitted on the target bearer is sent by the target terminal after the handover of the to-be-switched service is completed.
210、所述第二核心网设备将上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址。210. The second core network device sets a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal.
举例来说,待切换业务为终端A和终端C之间的语音业务,将终端A的待切换业务切换至终端B之后,终端B发送的上行数据包携带的源IP地址为终端B的IP地址,目的IP地址为终端C的IP地址。第二核心网设备在接收到由终端B发送至终端C的上行数据包时,将上行数据包的源IP地址由终端B的IP地址修改为终端A的IP地址,这样终端C在接收到上行数据包时认为该数据包是由终端A发送的,以使终端C在所述待切换业务的上行数据包是由终端B发送的情况下也能够识别,即待切换业务从终端A到终端B的切换对终端C没有影响,从而保证了待切换业务传输的连续性。For example, the to-be-switched service is the voice service between the terminal A and the terminal C. After the to-be-switched service of the terminal A is switched to the terminal B, the source IP address carried by the uplink data packet sent by the terminal B is the IP address of the terminal B. The destination IP address is the IP address of terminal C. When receiving the uplink data packet sent by the terminal B to the terminal C, the second core network device modifies the source IP address of the uplink data packet from the IP address of the terminal B to the IP address of the terminal A, so that the terminal C receives the uplink. The data packet is considered to be sent by the terminal A, so that the terminal C can also identify that the uplink data packet of the to-be-switched service is sent by the terminal B, that is, the service to be switched is from the terminal A to the terminal B. The switching has no effect on the terminal C, thereby ensuring the continuity of the service transmission to be switched.
211、所述第二核心网设备获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址。211. The second core network device obtains a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service that is sent to the source terminal, and sets a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal.
举例来说,同步骤210中的例子相同,终端C发送至终端B的下行数据包携带的源IP地址为终端C的IP地址,目的IP地址为终端A的IP地址。第 二核心网设备接收到下行数据包时,将下行数据包的目的IP地址由终端A的IP地址修改为终端B的IP地址,从而能够将待切换业务的下行数据包传输到待切换业务切换后的终端B,保证了待切换业务数据包的正确传输。For example, as in the example in step 210, the source IP address carried by the downlink data packet sent by the terminal C to the terminal B is the IP address of the terminal C, and the destination IP address is the IP address of the terminal A. First When the second core network device receives the downlink data packet, the destination IP address of the downlink data packet is changed from the IP address of the terminal A to the IP address of the terminal B, so that the downlink data packet of the service to be switched can be transmitted to the service to be switched. Terminal B ensures the correct transmission of the service data packets to be switched.
其中,所述第二核心网设备接收到下行数据包时,获取下行数据包中的IP五元组信息,并根据下行数据包中的IP五元组信息匹配下行TFT,若检测到下行TFT是待切换业务的TFT,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址。The second core network device obtains the IP quintuple information in the downlink data packet when receiving the downlink data packet, and matches the downlink TFT according to the IP quintuple information in the downlink data packet, and if the downlink TFT is detected, The TFT of the service to be switched sets the destination IP address in the downlink data packet to the IP address of the target terminal.
进一步,对应到四种情况的待切换业务的识别信息,如下:Further, the identification information of the service to be switched corresponding to the four cases is as follows:
在第一种情况中,若所述待切换业务的识别信息为所述源终端的IP地址,则待切换业务为所述源终端可支持的全部业务类型标识所指示的业务,进而所述待切换业务的TFT为所述源终端中全部业务的TFT。In the first case, if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the IP address of the source terminal, the service to be switched is the service indicated by all the service type identifiers that the source terminal can support, and then the to-be-switched service The TFT of the switching service is a TFT of all services in the source terminal.
在第二种情况中,若所述待切换业务的识别信息为源承载标识,则待切换业务为所述源终端中通过所述源承载标识指示的承载进行传输数据包的业务,进而所述待切换业务的TFT为通过所述源承载标识指示的承载进行传输数据包的业务的TFT。In the second case, if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the source bearer identifier, the to-be-switched service is a service for transmitting a data packet by using the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier in the source terminal, and further The TFT of the service to be switched is a TFT that performs a service of transmitting a data packet by using a bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier.
在第三种情况中,若所述待切换业务的识别信息为所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则所述第二核心网设备可以直接确定待切换业务的TFT。In the third case, if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the second core network device may directly determine the TFT of the service to be switched.
在第四种情况中,若所述待切换业务的识别信息为源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则所述第二核心网设备检测到所述源承载标识对应的TFT为所述待切换业务的业务流模板,或者,所述第二核心网设备检测到所述待切换业务的业务流模板对应的承载标识为所述源承载标识,则所述第二核心网设备确定源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板所指示的业务相同,可以直接确定待切换业务的TFT;否则,所述第二核心网设备确定源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板所指示的业务不相同,并将源承载标识对应的TFT和所述传输路径修改请求中携带的业务流模板均确定待切换业务的TFT。In the fourth case, if the identification information of the to-be-switched service is the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the second core network device detects that the TFT corresponding to the source bearer identifier is The service flow template of the service to be switched, or the second core network device determines that the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service is the source bearer identifier, and the second core network device determines The source bearer identifier is the same as the service indicated by the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and may directly determine the TFT of the service to be switched; otherwise, the second core network device determines the source bearer identifier and the service flow of the to-be-switched service. The services indicated by the template are different, and the TFTs corresponding to the source bearer identifier and the service flow template carried in the transport path modification request are all determined by the TFTs to be switched.
212、所述第二核心网设备将修改后的下行数据包通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。212. The second core network device sends the modified downlink data packet to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
具体的,所述第二核心网设备将修改后的下行数据包通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。Specifically, the second core network device sends the modified downlink data packet to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
进一步,在步骤203的第一种可行的方案中,所述源终端在所述业务切换 请求中携带的目标终端的标识,可以通过两种方式确定,且所述源终端是在执行步骤201向所述第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求之前所确定的,具体可以参见图6和图7的详细介绍。Further, in a first feasible solution of step 203, the source terminal is switched in the service The identifier of the target terminal carried in the request may be determined in two manners, and the source terminal is determined before performing the service switching request to the first core network device in step 201. For details, refer to FIG. 6 and the figure. Detailed introduction of 7.
图6为本发明实施例提供了一种源终端确定目标终端的方法的流程示意图,如图6所示,该流程示意图包括步骤301至步骤304。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a target terminal by a source terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 6, the flowchart includes steps 301 to 304.
301,所述源终端向所述第一核心网设备发送获取请求,所述获取请求携带所述源终端的标识。301. The source terminal sends an acquisition request to the first core network device, where the acquisition request carries an identifier of the source terminal.
其中,所述获取请求携带所述源终端的标识。所述获取请求用于向所述第一核心网设备获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述源终端的标识对应的用户相同。The obtaining request carries an identifier of the source terminal. The obtaining request is used to acquire the identifier of the at least one terminal from the first core network device, where the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal and the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal are the same.
相应的,所述第一核心网设备接收所述源终端发送的获取请求。Correspondingly, the first core network device receives an acquisition request sent by the source terminal.
302,所述第一核心网设备根据所述获取请求,获取至少一个终端的标识。302. The first core network device acquires an identifier of the at least one terminal according to the obtaining request.
其中,所述第一核心网设备接收到所述获取请求之后,获得源终端的标识,再根据源终端的标识获取与源终端的标识对应到同一个用户的多个终端的标识。After receiving the acquisition request, the first core network device obtains the identifier of the source terminal, and then obtains the identifier of the multiple terminals corresponding to the same user according to the identifier of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal.
303,所述第一核心网设备向所述源终端发送所述至少一个终端的标识。303. The first core network device sends an identifier of the at least one terminal to the source terminal.
其中,所述至少一个终端的标识用于所述源终端确定目标终端。The identifier of the at least one terminal is used by the source terminal to determine a target terminal.
相应地,所述源终端接收所述第一核心网设备发送的所述至少一个终端的标识。Correspondingly, the source terminal receives the identifier of the at least one terminal sent by the first core network device.
304,所述源终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定目标终端。304. The source terminal determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal.
可行的方案中,所述源终端可以从所述至少一个终端的标识中选择一个作为目标终端的标识,并将目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为目标终端。In a feasible solution, the source terminal may select one of the identifiers of the at least one terminal as the identifier of the target terminal, and determine the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal.
可选的,在所述源终端执行步骤304之前,还可以执行步骤303a。Optionally, before the source terminal performs step 304, step 303a may also be performed.
303a、所述第一核心网设备向所述源终端发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述至少一个终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务。303. The first core network device sends the indication information to the source terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier.
相应地,所述源终端接收所述第一核心网设备发送的指示信息。Correspondingly, the source terminal receives the indication information sent by the first core network device.
在上述执行303a的情况下,步骤304具体可以包括:In the case of the foregoing execution 303a, the step 304 may specifically include:
所述源终端根据所述指示信息,将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为目标终端。即所述源终 端从所述至少一个终端标识中选择一个支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端作为目标终端。而所述第一核心网设备发送指示信息的前提是所述源终端在发送的获取请求中携带了所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,这样所述第一核心网设备才能反馈至少一个终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的指示信息。And determining, by the source terminal, the terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal, according to the indication information, as the target terminal. The end of the source The terminal selects, from the at least one terminal identifier, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier as the target terminal. The premise that the first core network device sends the indication information is that the source terminal carries the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service in the sent request, so that the first core network device can feed back at least one terminal. The indication information of the service indicated by the service type identifier is supported.
图7为本发明实施例提供了另一种源终端确定目标终端的方法的流程示意图,如图7所示,该流程示意图包括步骤401和步骤402。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining a target terminal by a source terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 7, the flowchart includes steps 401 and 402.
401,所述源终端获取至少一个终端的标识。401. The source terminal acquires an identifier of at least one terminal.
其中,所述至少一个终端为与所述源终端建立通信连接的终端,所述通信连接包括D2D连接、蓝牙连接和WIFI连接中的至少一种,所述源终端通过所建立的通信连接获取每个终端的标识,并且最终确定的所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述源终端的标识对应的用户相同。The at least one terminal is a terminal that establishes a communication connection with the source terminal, and the communication connection includes at least one of a D2D connection, a Bluetooth connection, and a WIFI connection, where the source terminal acquires each through the established communication connection. The identifier of the terminal, and the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal in the at least one terminal that is finally determined is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal.
402,所述源终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定目标终端。402. The source terminal determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal.
可行的方案中,所述源终端可以从所述至少一个终端的标识中选择其中一个作为目标终端的标识,并将目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为目标终端。In a feasible solution, the source terminal may select one of the identifiers of the at least one terminal as the identifier of the target terminal, and determine the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal.
可选的,在所述源终端执行步骤402之前,还可以执行步骤401a。Optionally, before the step 402 is performed by the source terminal, step 401a may also be performed.
401a、所述源终端确定待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述至少一个终端获取该终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的指示信息。401a. The source terminal determines a service type identifier of the service to be switched, and obtains, by the at least one terminal, indication information of whether the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier.
在上述执行401a的情况下,步骤402具体可以包括:In the case of performing 401a above, step 402 may specifically include:
所述源终端根据所述指示信息,将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为目标终端。具体方式可以为:所述源终端从所述至少一个终端标识中选择一个支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端作为目标终端。And determining, by the source terminal, the terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal, according to the indication information, as the target terminal. The specific manner may be that the source terminal selects, from the at least one terminal identifier, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier as the target terminal.
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例的一种可行方案中,终端是否支持业务类型标识所指示的业务可通过激活状态和去激活状态表示,当所述终端针对所述业务类型标识所指示的业务为激活状态时,表示所述终端支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务,当所述终端针对所述业务类型标识所指示的业务为去激活状态时,表示所述终端不支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务。所述第一核心网设备可以保存各个终端标识与各种业务类型标识的激活状态或去激活状态,以 便于所述第一核心网设备直接生成终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的指示信息。It should be noted that, in a feasible solution of the embodiment of the present invention, whether the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier may be represented by an activation state and a deactivation state, where the terminal indicates the service type identifier When the service is in an active state, the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier, and when the terminal indicates that the service indicated by the service type identifier is in a deactivated state, the terminal does not support the service. The type identifies the business indicated. The first core network device may save an activation state or a deactivation state of each terminal identifier and various service type identifiers, to The first core network device is configured to directly generate indication information about whether the terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier.
在本发明实施例中,第一核心网设备接收源终端发送的切换源终端的待切换业务的业务切换请求,根据业务切换请求获取源终端的待切换业务的识别信息,并确定待切换业务的目标终端以及为目标终端分配目标承载标识,最后向第二核心网设备发送修改待切换业务的数据包的传输路径,这样通过第二核心网设备对待切换业务的传输路径修改实现了对待切换业务的切换,并且是实现多个终端之间的业务切换功能,并保证了业务传输的连续性,进而提高了终端的便捷性和智能性。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first core network device receives the service switching request of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, and obtains the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request, and determines the service to be switched. And the destination terminal identifier is allocated to the target terminal, and finally the transmission path of the data packet for modifying the to-be-switched service is sent to the second core network device, so that the transmission path modification of the service to be switched by the second core network device implements the service to be switched. Switching, and realizing the service switching function between multiple terminals, and ensuring the continuity of service transmission, thereby improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
请参见图8,为本发明实施例提供了另一种业务切换方法的流程示意图,如图8所示,本发明实施例的所述业务切换方法包括步骤701至步骤715。其中,本发明实施例中的业务切换请求是由目标终端发起的,所切换的待切换业务为源终端中的业务,即在待切换业务被切换之前所述源终端和所述第二核心网设备之间能够传输针对所述待切换业务的数据流,具体切换过程请参见以下详细介绍。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another service switching method according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the service switching method in the embodiment of the present invention includes steps 701 to 715. The service switching request in the embodiment of the present invention is initiated by the target terminal, and the switched service to be switched is the service in the source terminal, that is, the source terminal and the second core network before the to-be-switched service is switched. The data flow for the to-be-switched service can be transmitted between the devices. For details about the switching process, refer to the following details.
701,目标终端获取至少一个终端的标识。701. The target terminal acquires an identifier of the at least one terminal.
其中,所述至少一个终端为与所述目标终端建立通信连接的终端,所述通信连接包括D2D连接、蓝牙连接和WIFI连接中的至少一种,所述目标终端通过所建立的通信连接获取每个终端的标识,并且最终确定的所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述源终端的标识对应的用户相同。The at least one terminal is a terminal that establishes a communication connection with the target terminal, and the communication connection includes at least one of a D2D connection, a Bluetooth connection, and a WIFI connection, where the target terminal acquires each through the established communication connection. The identifier of the terminal, and the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal in the at least one terminal that is finally determined is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中所涉及的终端的标识可以为终端的IMSI或GUTI,其中,GUTI用于移动网络内部,可以减少IMSI等终端的私有参数暴露在网络传输中,能够避免直接传递IMSI标识带来的安全风险。不论是GUTI还是IMSI都可以用于唯一识别某一个终端。It should be noted that the identifier of the terminal involved in the embodiment of the present invention may be an IMSI or a GUTI of the terminal, where the GUTI is used in the mobile network, and the private parameters of the terminal such as the IMSI may be reduced to be exposed in the network transmission, thereby avoiding direct Deliver the security risks posed by the IMSI logo. Both GUTI and IMSI can be used to uniquely identify a terminal.
703,所述目标终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定源终端。703. The target terminal determines the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal.
可行的方案中,所述目标终端可以从所述至少一个终端的标识中选择其中一个作为源终端的标识,并将源终端的标识指示的终端确定为源终端。In a feasible solution, the target terminal may select one of the identifiers of the at least one terminal as the identifier of the source terminal, and determine the terminal indicated by the identifier of the source terminal as the source terminal.
可选的,在所述模板终端执行步骤703之前,还可以执行步骤702。Optionally, before the step 703 is performed by the template terminal, step 702 is further performed.
702、所述目标终端确定待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述至少一个终 端获取该终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的指示信息。702. The target terminal determines a service type identifier of the service to be switched, to the at least one terminal. And obtaining, by the terminal, whether the terminal supports the indication information of the service indicated by the service type identifier.
在上述执行702的情况下,步骤703具体可以包括:In the case of the foregoing execution 702, the step 703 may specifically include:
所述目标终端根据所述指示信息,将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为源终端。具体方式为所述目标终端从所述至少一个终端标识中选择一个支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端作为目标终端。And determining, by the target terminal, the terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal, according to the indication information, as the source terminal. The specific manner is that the target terminal selects, from the at least one terminal identifier, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier as the target terminal.
可选地,所述目标终端还可进一步从所述源终端获取所述待切换业务的会话控制信息,所述会话控制信息用于指示对所述待切换业务的会话进行管理。所述会话控制信息可以包括但不限定于主叫标识符、被叫标识符、媒体格式(如视频、语音)和编码方式(视频/音频编码方式)中的至少一个。Optionally, the target terminal may further obtain the session control information of the to-be-switched service from the source terminal, where the session control information is used to indicate that the session of the to-be-switched service is managed. The session control information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of a calling identifier, a called identifier, a media format (such as video, voice), and an encoding mode (video/audio encoding).
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中所涉及的业务类型标识是用于区分各类业务的标识,业务可以包括但不限定于语音、视频、分组数据业务等。It should be noted that the service type identifiers involved in the embodiments of the present invention are identifiers for distinguishing various types of services, and the services may include, but are not limited to, voice, video, and packet data services.
704,所述目标终端向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求。704. The target terminal sends a service switching request to the first core network device.
其中,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识和目标终端的标识。The service switching request carries an identifier of the source terminal and an identifier of the target terminal.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带源承载标识和/或所述待切换业务的业务流模板TFT。Optionally, the service switching request may further include a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template TFT of the to-be-switched service.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带所述待切换业务的业务类型标识。Optionally, the service switching request may further carry the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service.
相应地,所述第一核心网设备接收所述目标终端发送的业务切换请求。Correspondingly, the first core network device receives a service switching request sent by the target terminal.
705,所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,获取所述源终端的所述待切换业务的识别信息。705. The first core network device acquires the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request.
其中,步骤705可以参见图2所示实施例中步骤104的详细介绍,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to the detailed description of step 104 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,若所述业务切换请求携带源承载标识,所述目标终端执行步骤703之后,还包括:所述目标终端根据所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述源终端获取所述待切换业务的源承载标识,这样才能在业务切换请求中携带源承载标识。It should be noted that, if the service switching request carries the source bearer identifier, the target terminal, after performing step 703, further includes: the target terminal acquiring, according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, the source terminal The source bearer identifier of the handover service is described, so that the source bearer identifier can be carried in the service switch request.
若所述业务切换请求携带所述待切换业务的业务流模板,所述目标终端执行步骤703之后,还包括:所述目标终端根据所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述源终端获取所述待切换业务的业务流模板,这样才能在业务切换请求中携带所述待切换业务的业务流模板。 If the service switching request carries the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, after the target terminal performs step 703, the method further includes: the target terminal acquiring, according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, the source terminal The service flow template of the service to be switched is configured to carry the service flow template of the service to be switched in the service switching request.
若所述业务切换请求携带源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,所述目标终端执行步骤703之后,还包括:所述目标终端根据所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述源终端获取源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,这样才能在业务切换请求中携带源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板。If the service switching request carries the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the target terminal, after performing step 703, further includes: the target terminal according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, The source terminal obtains the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, so that the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service are carried in the service switch request.
706,所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,确定所述待切换业务的目标终端。706. The first core network device determines, according to the service switching request, the target terminal of the to-be-switched service.
具体的,由于所述待切换业务请求中携带目标终端的标识,所述第一核心网设备确定目标终端的方案可以分为两种:Specifically, the solution for determining the target terminal by the first core network device may be classified into two types according to the identifier of the target terminal in the to-be-switched service request:
一种是所述第一核心网设备将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为所述目标终端。One is that the first core network device determines the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal.
另一种是若所述目标终端与所述源终端对应同一个用户,则所述第一核心网设备将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为所述目标终端。具体是:所述第一核心网设备对目标终端的标识进行鉴定,若所述目标终端与所述源终端对应同一个用户,则所述第一核心网设备授权将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为待切换业务将要切换至的目标终端;若所述目标终端与所述源终端对应不同的用户,则所述第一核心网设备不切换所述待切换业务。The other is that if the target terminal and the source terminal correspond to the same user, the first core network device determines the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal. Specifically, the first core network device authenticates the identifier of the target terminal, and if the target terminal and the source terminal correspond to the same user, the first core network device authorizes the identifier indication of the target terminal. The terminal is determined to be the target terminal to which the to-be-switched service is to be handed over; if the target terminal and the source terminal correspond to different users, the first core network device does not switch the to-be-switched service.
707,所述第一核心网设备为所述目标终端分配目标承载标识。707. The first core network device allocates a target bearer identifier to the target terminal.
其中,步骤707可以参见图2所示实施例中步骤104的详细介绍,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to the detailed description of step 104 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
708,所述第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送传输路径修改请求。708. The first core network device sends a transmission path modification request to the second core network device.
其中,步骤708可以参见图2所示实施例中步骤105的详细介绍,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to the detailed description of step 105 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
相应地,所述第二核心网设备接收所述第一核心网设备发送的传输路径修改请求。Correspondingly, the second core network device receives the transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device.
709、所述第二核心网设备根据所述传输路径修改请求确定所述源终端的IP地址、目标终端的IP地址和目标承载。709. The second core network device determines, according to the transmission path modification request, an IP address of the source terminal, an IP address of the target terminal, and a target bearer.
其中,步骤709可以参见图5所示实施例中步骤206的详细介绍,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to the detailed description of step 206 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and details are not described herein again.
710、所述第二核心网设备向所述第一核心网设备发送响应消息。 710. The second core network device sends a response message to the first core network device.
其中,所述响应消息用于表示所述第二核心网设备能够实现对所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径修改。The response message is used to indicate that the second core network device can implement a transmission path modification of a data packet of the to-be-switched service.
相应地,所述第一核心网设备接收所述第二核心网设备发送的响应消息。Correspondingly, the first core network device receives a response message sent by the second core network device.
711、所述第一核心网设备向所述目标终端发送待切换业务切换完成的响应消息。711. The first core network device sends, to the target terminal, a response message that the handover of the service to be switched is completed.
其中,在所述第一核心网设备接收到所述第二核心网设备发送的响应消息之后,所述第一核心网设备向所述目标终端发送待切换业务切换完成的响应消息,以便于所述目标终端向用户提示可以通过目标终端传输关于所述待切换业务的数据包。After the first core network device receives the response message sent by the second core network device, the first core network device sends a response message to the target terminal to complete the handover of the service to facilitate the The target terminal indicates to the user that the data packet about the to-be-switched service can be transmitted through the target terminal.
712、所述第二核心网设备接收在所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包。712. The second core network device receives an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer.
713、所述第二核心网设备将上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址。713. The second core network device sets a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal.
714、所述第二核心网设备获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址。714. The second core network device obtains a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service that is sent to the source terminal, and sets a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal.
715、所述第二核心网设备将修改后的下行数据包通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。715. The second core network device sends the modified downlink data packet to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
其中,步骤712至步骤715可以参见图5所示实施例中对应步骤的详细介绍,在此不再赘述。For details, refer to the detailed description of the corresponding steps in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 in step 712 to step 715, and details are not described herein again.
在本发明实施例中,第一核心网设备接收目标终端发送的切换源终端的待切换业务的业务切换请求,根据业务切换请求获取源终端的待切换业务的识别信息,并确定待切换业务的目标终端以及为目标终端分配目标承载标识,最后向第二核心网设备发送修改待切换业务的数据包的传输路径,这样通过第二核心网设备对待切换业务的传输路径修改实现了对待切换业务的切换,并且是实现多个终端之间的业务切换功能,并保证业务传输的连续性,提高了终端的便捷性和智能性。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first core network device receives the service switching request of the to-be-switched service of the switching source terminal that is sent by the target terminal, obtains the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request, and determines the service to be switched. And the destination terminal identifier is allocated to the target terminal, and finally the transmission path of the data packet for modifying the to-be-switched service is sent to the second core network device, so that the transmission path modification of the service to be switched by the second core network device implements the service to be switched. Switching, and realizing the service switching function between multiple terminals, and ensuring the continuity of service transmission, improving the convenience and intelligence of the terminal.
上述主要从各个设备之间交互的角度对本发明实施例的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个设备,例如第一核心网设备、第二核心网设备、第一终端等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本发明能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实 现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。The foregoing describes the solution of the embodiment of the present invention mainly from the perspective of interaction between devices. It can be understood that each device, such as the first core network device, the second core network device, the first terminal, etc., in order to implement the above functions, includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing the respective functions. Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the present invention can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Now. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods for implementing the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
本发明实施例可以根据上述方法示例对第一核心网设备、第二核心网设备、第一终端等进行功能单元的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present invention may perform functional unit division on the first core network device, the second core network device, the first terminal, and the like according to the foregoing method. For example, each functional unit may be divided according to each function, or two or two may be divided. More than one function is integrated in one processing unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of the unit in the embodiment of the present invention is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner.
图9为本发明实施例提供了一种第一核心网设备的模块化示意图。本发明实施例中的第一核心网设备可以是图2-图8所示任一实施例提供的第一核心网设备。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a first core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The first core network device in the embodiment of the present invention may be the first core network device provided in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2-8.
如图9所示,本发明实施例的第一核心网设备1可以包括:接收单元11、获取单元12、确定单元13、分配单元14和发送单元15。As shown in FIG. 9, the first core network device 1 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a receiving unit 11, an obtaining unit 12, a determining unit 13, an allocating unit 14, and a transmitting unit 15.
接收单元11,用于接收第一终端发送的业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识。The receiving unit 11 is configured to receive a service switching request sent by the first terminal, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
获取单元12,用于根据接收单元11接收的所述业务切换请求,获取所述源终端的所述待切换业务的识别信息。The obtaining unit 12 is configured to acquire, according to the service switching request received by the receiving unit 11, the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal.
确定单元13,用于根据接收单元11接收的所述业务切换请求,确定所述待切换业务的目标终端。The determining unit 13 is configured to determine the target terminal of the to-be-switched service according to the service switching request received by the receiving unit 11.
分配单元14,用于为确定单元13确定的所述目标终端分配目标承载标识。The allocating unit 14 is configured to allocate a target bearer identifier to the target terminal determined by the determining unit 13.
发送单元15,用于向第二核心网设备发送传输路径修改请求,所述传输路径修改请求携带所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,所述传输路径修改请求用于请求所述第二核心网设备修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径。The sending unit 15 is configured to send a transmission path modification request to the second core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, where the transmission The path modification request is used to request the second core network device to modify a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service.
其中,所述第一终端可以为所述源终端,或者可以为所述待切换业务将要切换至的目标终端。The first terminal may be the source terminal, or may be a target terminal to which the to-be-switched service is to be switched.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带目标终端的标识。 Optionally, the service switching request may further carry an identifier of the target terminal.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带源承载标识和/或所述待切换业务的业务流模板。Optionally, the service switching request may further include a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template of the to-be-switched service.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带所述待切换业务的业务类型标识。Optionally, the service switching request may further carry the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service.
可选的,获取单元11在所述待切换业务请求携带或不携带源承载标识和/或所述待切换业务的业务流模板的情况下,确定的所述待切换业务的识别信息不同。获取单元11具体用于:Optionally, the obtaining unit 11 determines that the identification information of the to-be-switched service is different, where the to-be-switched service request carries or does not carry the source bearer identifier and/or the service flow template of the to-be-switched service. The obtaining unit 11 is specifically configured to:
若所述业务切换请求未携带源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则根据所述源终端的标识,获取所述源终端的IP地址,并将所述源终端的IP地址确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或者,If the service switching request does not carry the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, obtain an IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal, and determine an IP address of the source terminal. Identification information of the service to be switched; or
若所述业务切换请求还携带源承载标识,则将所述源承载标识确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或者,If the service switching request further carries the source bearer identifier, determining the source bearer identifier as the identification information of the to-be-switched service; or
若所述业务切换请求还携带所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则将所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或者,And if the service switching request further carries the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, determining the service flow template as the identification information of the to-be-switched service; or
若所述业务切换请求还携带源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则检测所述源承载标识对应的业务流模板与所述待切换业务的业务流模板是否相同;或者,检测所述待切换业务的业务流模板对应的承载标识与所述源承载标识是否相同;若相同,则将所述源承载标识和/或所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或,若不相同,则将所述源承载标识和所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息。If the service switching request further carries the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, detecting whether the service flow template corresponding to the source bearer identifier is the same as the service flow template of the to-be-switched service; or Whether the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service is the same as the source bearer identifier; if the same, determining the source bearer identifier and/or the service flow template as the identification information of the to-be-switched service Or, if not, determining the source bearer identifier and the service flow template as the identification information of the to-be-switched service.
其中,所述源承载标识用于指示所述源终端中传输所述待切换业务的承载,所述源承载标识指示的承载包括所述源终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。The source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
可选的,在所述业务切换请求中携带或不携带目标终端的标识的情况下,确定单元13确定目标终端的方式不同,具体可分为两种方式。Optionally, in the case that the service switching request carries or does not carry the identifier of the target terminal, the determining unit 13 determines that the manner of the target terminal is different, and may be specifically divided into two manners.
第一种方式为:若所述业务切换请求不携带目标终端的标识,请参见图10,为本发明实施例提供了一种确定单元的模块化示意图,确定单元13包括标识获取单元131和终端确定单元132。The first mode is: if the service switching request does not carry the identifier of the target terminal, refer to FIG. 10, which is a schematic diagram of a modularization of the determining unit, where the determining unit 13 includes the identifier acquiring unit 131 and the terminal. The unit 132 is determined.
标识获取单元131,用于获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述源终端对应的用户相同。The identifier obtaining unit 131 is configured to acquire an identifier of the at least one terminal, where the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the source terminal.
终端确定单元132,用于根据标识获取单元131获取的所述至少一个终端 的标识,确定所述目标终端。The terminal determining unit 132 is configured to use the at least one terminal acquired by the identifier acquiring unit 131. The identifier identifies the target terminal.
若所述业务切换请求还携带所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,则终端确定单元132具体用于将标识获取单元131获取的所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为所述目标终端。If the service switching request further carries the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, the terminal determining unit 132 is specifically configured to support the service type in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal acquired by the identifier acquiring unit 131. A terminal that identifies the indicated service is determined to be the target terminal.
第二种方式为:确定单元13具体用于,若所述业务切换请求携带目标终端的标识,则将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为所述目标终端;或者,若所述目标终端与所述源终端对应同一个用户,则将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为所述目标终端。The second method is: the determining unit 13 is specifically configured to: if the service switching request carries the identifier of the target terminal, determine the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal; or if the target terminal And corresponding to the source terminal, the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal is determined as the target terminal.
其中,对于所述第一终端为目标终端的情况,所述业务切换请求中必定会携带目标终端的标识,则所述第一核心网设备按照第二种方式的所述确定单元13进行执行。In the case that the first terminal is the target terminal, the service switching request must carry the identifier of the target terminal, and the first core network device performs the determination according to the determining unit 13 in the second manner.
对于所述第一终端为源终端的情况,所述业务切换请求可以携带目标终端的标识,也可以不携带目标终端的标识,则所述第一核心网设备可以按照对应方式中的所述确定单元13进行执行。If the first terminal is the source terminal, the service switching request may carry the identifier of the target terminal, or may not carry the identifier of the target terminal, and the first core network device may determine according to the manner in the corresponding manner. Unit 13 performs.
可选的,所述接收单元11,还用于若所述第一终端为源终端,且所述业务切换请求中携带了目标终端的标识,则接收所述源终端发送的获取请求,所述获取请求携带所述源终端的标识;获取单元12,还用于根据接收单元11接收的所述获取请求,获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端对应的用户与所述源终端对应的用户相同;发送单元15,还用于向所述源终端发送获取单元12获取的所述至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端的标识用于所述源终端确定目标终端。进一步,若所述获取请求还携带所述待切换业务的业务类型标识;发送单元15,还用于向所述源终端发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述至少一个终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务。Optionally, the receiving unit 11 is further configured to: if the first terminal is a source terminal, and the service switching request carries the identifier of the target terminal, receive the acquiring request sent by the source terminal, where Acquiring the identifier of the source terminal; the obtaining unit 12 is further configured to acquire the identifier of the at least one terminal according to the obtaining request received by the receiving unit 11, where the user corresponding to each terminal in the at least one terminal The source terminal corresponds to the same user; the sending unit 15 is further configured to send the identifier of the at least one terminal acquired by the acquiring unit 12 to the source terminal, where the identifier of the at least one terminal is used by the source terminal to determine the target terminal. Further, if the obtaining request further carries the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, the sending unit 15 is further configured to send the indication information to the source terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal supports the The service indicated by the service type identifier.
可选的,分配单元14具体用于:根据所述待切换业务的识别信息,获取所述源终端的上下文中传输所述待切换业务的承载的配置参数,所述配置参数包括接入点名称APN、公用数据网PDN网关地址和服务质量Qos参数;检测所述目标终端的已建立的承载中是否存在满足所述配置参数的目标承载;若否,则根据所述配置参数,为所述目标终端建立目标承载,并分配目标承载标识;或者,若是,则获取用于指示所述目标承载的目标承载标识; Optionally, the allocating unit 14 is configured to: obtain, according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, a configuration parameter of a bearer that transmits the to-be-switched service in a context of the source terminal, where the configuration parameter includes an access point name. APN, a public data network PDN gateway address, and a quality of service Qos parameter; detecting whether there is a target bearer that satisfies the configuration parameter in the established bearer of the target terminal; if not, according to the configuration parameter, the target The terminal establishes a target bearer and allocates a target bearer identifier; or, if yes, obtains a target bearer identifier used to indicate the target bearer;
其中,所述目标承载用于传输所述待切换业务,所述目标承载标识用于指示所述目标承载,所述目标承载包括所述目标终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。The target bearer is used to transmit the to-be-switched service, and the target bearer identifier is used to indicate the target bearer, where the target bearer includes a radio bearer between the target terminal and a base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中所示的第一核心网设备可以用于执行图2至图8所示任一实施例中第一核心网设备的动作或步骤,该第一核心网设备中各功能单元的具体实现方式以及带来的技术效果参见相应方法实施例的具体描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the first core network device shown in the embodiment of the present invention may be used to perform the action or the step of the first core network device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. For specific implementations of the functional units and technical effects, refer to the detailed description of the corresponding method embodiments, and no further details are provided herein.
图9所示实施例中的第一核心网设备可以以图11所示的第一核心网设备实现。如图11所示,为本发明实施例提供了一种第一核心网设备的结构示意图,图11所示的第一核心网设备1000包括:处理器1001和收发器1004。其中,处理器1001和收发器1004相连,如通过总线1002相连。可选的,所述第一核心网设备1000还可以包括存储器1003。需要说明的是,实际应用中收发器1004不限于两个,该第一核心网设备1000的结构并不构成对本发明实施例的限定。The first core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 can be implemented by the first core network device shown in FIG. FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a first core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The first core network device 1000 shown in FIG. 11 includes: a processor 1001 and a transceiver 1004. The processor 1001 is connected to the transceiver 1004, such as through the bus 1002. Optionally, the first core network device 1000 may further include a memory 1003. It should be noted that, in the actual application, the transceiver 1004 is not limited to two, and the structure of the first core network device 1000 does not constitute a limitation on the embodiment of the present invention.
其中,处理器1001应用于本发明实施例中,用于实现图9所示的获取单元12、确定单元13以及分配单元14的功能。收发器1004包括接收机和发射机,收发器1004应用于本发明实施例中,用于实现图9所示的接收单元11和发送单元15的功能。The processor 1001 is used in the embodiment of the present invention to implement the functions of the obtaining unit 12, the determining unit 13, and the allocating unit 14 shown in FIG. The transceiver 1004 includes a receiver and a transmitter, and the transceiver 1004 is applied to the embodiment of the present invention for implementing the functions of the receiving unit 11 and the transmitting unit 15 shown in FIG.
处理器1001可以是中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU),通用处理器,数字信号处理(Digital Signal Processing,DSP),集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),现场可编程逻辑门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器1001也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。The processor 1001 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processing (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), and a field programmable logic gate array (Field). - Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. The processor 1001 may also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
总线1002可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。总线1002可以是外设部件互连标准(Peripheral Component Interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(Extended Industry Standard Architecture,EISA)总线等。总线1002可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图11中仅用一条 粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。 Bus 1002 can include a path for communicating information between the components described above. The bus 1002 may be a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus. The bus 1002 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one is used in Figure 11. Thick lines indicate, but do not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
存储器1003可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。The memory 1003 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other type that can store information and instructions. The dynamic storage device can also be an Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM), a Compact Disc Read-Only Memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, and a disc storage device. (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
可选的,存储器1003用于存储执行本发明方案的应用程序代码,并由处理器1001来控制执行。处理器1001用于执行存储器1003中存储的应用程序代码,以实现图2-图8所示任一实施例提供的第一核心网设备的动作。Optionally, the memory 1003 is configured to store application code for executing the solution of the present invention, and is controlled by the processor 1001 for execution. The processor 1001 is configured to execute the application code stored in the memory 1003 to implement the actions of the first core network device provided by any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2-8.
在本发明实施例中还提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述第一核心网设备所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述方面为第一核心网设备所设计的程序。In the embodiment of the present invention, a computer storage medium is further provided for storing computer software instructions used by the first core network device, which includes a program designed to execute the foregoing aspect for the first core network device.
图12为本发明实施例提供了一种第二核心网设备的模块化示意图。本发明实施例中的第二核心网设备可以是图2-图8所示任一实施例提供的第二核心网设备。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a second core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The second core network device in the embodiment of the present invention may be the second core network device provided in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2-8.
如图12所示,本发明实施例的第二核心网设备2可以包括:接收单元21和修改单元22。As shown in FIG. 12, the second core network device 2 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a receiving unit 21 and a modifying unit 22.
接收单元21,用于接收第一核心网设备发送的传输路径修改请求,所述传输路径修改请求携带待切换业务的识别信息、目标终端的标识和目标承载标识。The receiving unit 21 is configured to receive a transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier.
修改单元22,用于根据接收单元21接收的所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径。The modifying unit 22 is configured to modify the transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier received by the receiving unit 21.
其中,当所述传输路径修改请求携带的所述待切换业务的识别信息不同时,修改单元22的具体实现方式不同,针对所述待切换业务的识别信息的不 同情况,修改单元22可以分为以下四种情况:When the identification information of the to-be-switched service carried by the transmission path modification request is different, the specific implementation manner of the modification unit 22 is different, and the identification information of the to-be-switched service is not In the same case, the modification unit 22 can be divided into the following four cases:
第一种情况,所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的IP地址。In the first case, the identification information of the to-be-switched service is an IP address of the source terminal.
修改单元22具体用于根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;对于修改上行数据包的传输路径的情况,接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;对于修改下行数据包的传输路径的情况,根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。The modifying unit 22 is specifically configured to determine a target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier, and receive an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer for modifying a transmission path of the uplink data packet, and The source IP address in the uplink data packet is set to the IP address of the source terminal; for modifying the transmission path of the downlink data packet, obtaining an IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, according to the Obtaining, by the IP address of the source terminal, a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service sent to the source terminal, setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal, and passing the target The bearer is sent to the target terminal.
第二种情况,所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的源承载标识,所述传输路径修改请求还包括所述源终端的标识。In the second case, the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a source bearer identifier of the source terminal, and the transmission path modification request further includes an identifier of the source terminal.
修改单元22具体用于根据所述源终端的标识,确定所述源终端的IP地址;根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;对于修改上行数据包的传输路径的情况,接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;对于修改下行数据包的传输路径的情况,根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址和所述源承载标识,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。The modifying unit 22 is specifically configured to determine an IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal, determine a target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier, and modify a transmission path of the uplink data packet. a case, receiving an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and setting a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal; and in a case of modifying a transmission path of the downlink data packet, according to the foregoing Obtaining an identifier of the target terminal, obtaining an IP address of the target terminal, obtaining a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service sent to the source terminal according to the IP address of the source terminal and the source bearer identifier, where The destination IP address in the downlink data packet is set to the IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
第三种情况,所述待切换业务的识别信息为所述待切换业务的业务流模板。In a third case, the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a service flow template of the to-be-switched service.
修改单元22具体用于根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;对于修改上行数据包的传输路径的情况,根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述源终端的IP地址,接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;对于修改下行数据包的传输路径的情况,根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。The modifying unit 22 is specifically configured to determine the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier. For modifying the transmission path of the uplink data packet, obtain the source according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service. The IP address of the terminal receives the uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and sets the source IP address in the uplink data packet to the IP address of the source terminal; for modifying the transmission path of the downlink data packet, Obtaining, according to the identifier of the target terminal, an IP address of the target terminal, obtaining a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet And being set to an IP address of the target terminal, and sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
第四种情况,所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的源承载标识和所述待 切换业务的业务流模板;所述传输路径修改请求还包括所述源终端的标识。In a fourth case, the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a source bearer identifier of the source terminal and the to-be-identified Switching a service flow template of the service; the transmission path modification request further includes an identifier of the source terminal.
修改单元22具体用于根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;根据所述源终端的标识或所述待切换业务的业务流模板,确定所述源终端的IP地址;对于修改上行数据包的传输路径的情况,接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;对于修改下行数据包的传输路径的情况,根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端;和/或,根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址和所述源承载标识,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。The modifying unit 22 is specifically configured to determine a target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier, and determine an IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal or the service flow template of the to-be-switched service. For modifying the transmission path of the uplink data packet, receiving an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and setting a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal; Obtaining, in the case of the transmission path of the packet, the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, obtaining a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and performing the downlink The destination IP address in the data packet is set to the IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer; and/or, according to the identifier of the target terminal, obtaining the IP address of the target terminal. Obtaining, according to the IP address of the source terminal and the source bearer identifier, a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service that is sent to the source terminal, where The destination IP address in the downlink data packet is set to an IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中所示的第二核心网设备可以用于执行图2至图8所示任一实施例中第二核心网设备的动作或步骤,该第二核心网设备中各功能单元的具体实现方式以及带来的技术效果参见相应方法实施例的具体描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the second core network device shown in the embodiment of the present invention may be used to perform the actions or steps of the second core network device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. For specific implementations of the functional units and technical effects, refer to the detailed description of the corresponding method embodiments, and no further details are provided herein.
图12所示实施例中的第二核心网设备可以以图13所示的第二核心网设备实现。如图13所示,为本发明实施例提供了一种第二核心网设备的结构示意图,图13所示的第二核心网设备2000包括:处理器2001和收发器2004。The second core network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 can be implemented by the second core network device shown in FIG. FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a second core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The second core network device 2000 shown in FIG. 13 includes: a processor 2001 and a transceiver 2004.
其中,处理器2001和收发器2004相连,如通过总线2002相连。可选的,所述第二核心网设备2000还可以包括存储器2003。The processor 2001 is connected to the transceiver 2004, such as through the bus 2002. Optionally, the second core network device 2000 may further include a memory 2003.
需要说明的是,实际应用中收发器2004不限于两个,该第二核心网设备2000的结构并不构成对本发明实施例的限定。It should be noted that, in actual application, the transceiver 2004 is not limited to two, and the structure of the second core network device 2000 does not constitute a limitation on the embodiment of the present invention.
其中,处理器2001应用于本发明实施例中,用于实现图12所示的修改单元22的功能。收发器2004包括接收机和发射机,收发器2004用于本发明实施例中,用于实现图12所示的接收单元21的功能。The processor 2001 is applied to the embodiment of the present invention to implement the function of the modifying unit 22 shown in FIG. The transceiver 2004 includes a receiver and a transmitter, and the transceiver 2004 is used in the embodiment of the present invention to implement the functions of the receiving unit 21 shown in FIG.
处理器2001可以是CPU,通用处理器,DSP,ASIC,FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执 行结合本发明公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器2001也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。 Processor 2001 can be a CPU, a general purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, a hardware component, or any combination thereof. It can be realized or executed The various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure are incorporated. The processor 2001 can also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
总线2002可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。总线2002可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。总线2002可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图13中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。 Bus 2002 can include a path for communicating information between the above components. The bus 2002 can be a PCI bus or an EISA bus or the like. The bus 2002 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in FIG. 13, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
存储器2003可以是ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,RAM或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。The memory 2003 can be a ROM or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, RAM or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or can be an EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, optical disk. Storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be Any other medium accessed by the computer, but is not limited to this.
可选的,存储器2003用于存储执行本发明方案的应用程序代码,并由处理器2001来控制执行。处理器2001用于执行存储器2003中存储的应用程序代码,以实现图2至图8所示任一实施例中第二核心网设备的动作。Optionally, the memory 2003 is used to store application code for executing the solution of the present invention, and is controlled by the processor 2001 for execution. The processor 2001 is configured to execute the application code stored in the memory 2003 to implement the actions of the second core network device in any of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 2 to 8.
在本发明实施例中还提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述第二核心网设备所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述方面为第二核心网设备所设计的程序。In the embodiment of the present invention, a computer storage medium is provided for storing computer software instructions used by the second core network device, which includes a program designed to execute the foregoing aspect for the second core network device.
图14为本发明实施例提供了一种第一终端的模块化示意图。在本发明实施例中,第一终端可以是图2-图8中任一实施例提供的第一终端。在本发明实施例中,第一终端可以为源终端。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. In the embodiment of the present invention, the first terminal may be the first terminal provided by any one of the embodiments in FIG. 2-8. In the embodiment of the present invention, the first terminal may be a source terminal.
如图14所示,本发明实施例的第一终端3可以包括:发送单元31。可选的,所述第一终端3还可以包括接收单元32和第一确定单元33。As shown in FIG. 14, the first terminal 3 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a sending unit 31. Optionally, the first terminal 3 may further include a receiving unit 32 and a first determining unit 33.
发送单元13,用于向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识。The sending unit 13 is configured to send a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还携带目标终端的标识。Optionally, the service switching request further carries an identifier of the target terminal.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带源承载标识和/或所述待切换业务 的业务流模板TFT。其中,其中,所述源承载标识用于指示所述源终端中传输所述待切换业务的承载,所述源承载标识指示的承载包括所述源终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。Optionally, the service switching request may further carry a source bearer identifier and/or the to-be-switched service. Business flow template TFT. The source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, and the base station Data bearer with the second core network device.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还携带业务类型标识。Optionally, the service switching request further carries a service type identifier.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以包括所述待切换业务的会话控制信息。Optionally, the service switching request may further include session control information of the to-be-switched service.
可选的,若业务切换请求还携带目标终端的标识,则所述源终端还需要确定目标终端的标识,这样所述第一终端还包括接收单元32和第一确定单元33。Optionally, if the service switching request further carries the identifier of the target terminal, the source terminal further needs to determine the identifier of the target terminal, such that the first terminal further includes the receiving unit 32 and the first determining unit 33.
其中,发送单元13,还用于向所述第一核心网设备发送获取请求,所述获取请求携带所述源终端的标识,所述获取请求用于向所述第一核心网设备获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述源终端的标识对应的用户相同。The sending unit 13 is further configured to send an acquisition request to the first core network device, where the obtaining request carries an identifier of the source terminal, where the obtaining request is used to acquire at least one of the first core network devices. The identifier of the terminal, the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal in the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal.
接收单元32,用于接收所述第一核心网设备发送的所述至少一个终端的标识;The receiving unit 32 is configured to receive an identifier of the at least one terminal sent by the first core network device.
第一确定单元33,用于根据接收单元32接收的所述至少一个终端的标识,确定目标终端。The first determining unit 33 is configured to determine the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal received by the receiving unit 32.
可选的,所述获取请求还携带所述待切换业务的业务类型标识Optionally, the obtaining request further carries a service type identifier of the to-be-switched service
若所述获取请求还携带所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,则接收单元32还用于接收所述第一核心网设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述至少一个终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务;第一确定单元32具体用于根据接收单元32接收的所述指示信息,将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为目标终端。The receiving unit 32 is further configured to receive the indication information that is sent by the first core network device, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the at least one terminal is Supporting the service indicated by the service type identifier; the first determining unit 32 is specifically configured to: according to the indication information received by the receiving unit 32, support the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal The terminal of the indicated service is determined as the target terminal.
需要说明的是,在图14所示实施例的第一终端中,各功能单元的具体实现方式以及带来的技术效果参见图2至图8中相应方法实施例的具体描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the first terminal of the embodiment shown in FIG. 14, the specific implementation manner of each functional unit and the technical effects brought about by the specific method embodiments in FIG. 2 to FIG. Narration.
图15为本发明实施例提供了一种第一终端的模块化示意图。本发明实施例中的第一终端可以是图2-图8中任一实施例提供的第一终端。在本发明实施例中,第一终端可以为源终端。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. The first terminal in the embodiment of the present invention may be the first terminal provided in any one of the embodiments of FIG. 2-8. In the embodiment of the present invention, the first terminal may be a source terminal.
如图15所示,本发明实施例的第一终端3可以包括:发送单元31。可选的,第一终端3还可以包括第一获取单元34和第二确定单元35。 As shown in FIG. 15, the first terminal 3 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a sending unit 31. Optionally, the first terminal 3 may further include a first obtaining unit 34 and a second determining unit 35.
发送单元13,用于向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识。The sending unit 13 is configured to send a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还携带目标终端的标识。Optionally, the service switching request further carries an identifier of the target terminal.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带源承载标识和/或所述待切换业务的业务流模板TFT。其中,其中,所述源承载标识用于指示所述源终端中传输所述待切换业务的承载,所述源承载标识指示的承载包括所述源终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。Optionally, the service switching request may further include a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template TFT of the to-be-switched service. The source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, and the base station Data bearer with the second core network device.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还携带业务类型标识。Optionally, the service switching request further carries a service type identifier.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以包括所述待切换业务的会话控制信息。Optionally, the service switching request may further include session control information of the to-be-switched service.
可选的,若业务切换请求还携带目标终端的标识,则所述源终端还需要确定目标终端,这样第一终端3还可以包括第一获取单元34和第二确定单元35。Optionally, if the service switching request further carries the identifier of the target terminal, the source terminal further needs to determine the target terminal, so that the first terminal 3 may further include the first obtaining unit 34 and the second determining unit 35.
其中,第一获取单元34,用于获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述源终端的标识对应的用户相同;第二确定单元35,用于根据第一获取单元34获取的所述至少一个终端的标识,确定目标终端。The first obtaining unit 34 is configured to acquire an identifier of the at least one terminal, where the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal, and the second determining unit 35 uses The target terminal is determined according to the identifier of the at least one terminal acquired by the first obtaining unit 34.
进一步可选的,第一获取单元34还用于确定所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,获取所述至少一个终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的指示信息;第二确定单元35具体用于根据第一获取单元34获取的所述指示信息,将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为目标终端。Further, the first obtaining unit 34 is further configured to determine the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, and obtain the indication information of whether the at least one terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier; the second determining unit 35 Specifically, the terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal is determined as the target terminal according to the indication information that is obtained by the first acquiring unit 34.
可选的,所述至少一个终端为与所述源终端建立通信连接的终端;所述通信连接包括设备到设备D2D连接、蓝牙连接和WIFI连接中的至少一种。Optionally, the at least one terminal is a terminal that establishes a communication connection with the source terminal; and the communication connection includes at least one of a device-to-device D2D connection, a Bluetooth connection, and a WIFI connection.
需要说明的是,在图15所示实施例的第一终端中,各功能单元的具体实现方式以及带来的技术效果参见图2至图8中相应方法实施例的具体描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the first terminal of the embodiment shown in FIG. 15 , the specific implementation manners of the functional units and the technical effects brought about by the specific method embodiments in FIG. 2 to FIG. 8 are omitted. Narration.
图16为本发明实施例提供了一种第一终端的模块化示意图。本发明实施例中的第一终端可以是图2-图8中任一实施例提供的第一终端。在本发明实施例中,第一终端可以为目标终端。 FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a modularization of a first terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. The first terminal in the embodiment of the present invention may be the first terminal provided in any one of the embodiments of FIG. 2-8. In the embodiment of the present invention, the first terminal may be a target terminal.
如图16所示,本发明实施例的第一终端3可以包括:发送单元31。可选的,所述第一终端3还可以包括第二获取单元36和第三确定单元37。As shown in FIG. 16, the first terminal 3 of the embodiment of the present invention may include: a sending unit 31. Optionally, the first terminal 3 may further include a second obtaining unit 36 and a third determining unit 37.
发送单元31,用于向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识和所述目标终端的标识。The sending unit 31 is configured to send a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal and the target terminal. Logo.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还可以携带源承载标识和/或所述待切换业务的业务流模板TFT。Optionally, the service switching request may further include a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template TFT of the to-be-switched service.
可选的,所述业务切换请求还携带业务类型标识。Optionally, the service switching request further carries a service type identifier.
进一步地,由于所述业务切换请求携带源终端的标识,则所述目标终端还需要确定源终端,这样第一终端3还可以包括第二获取单元36和第三确定单元37。Further, the first terminal 3 may further include a second obtaining unit 36 and a third determining unit 37, because the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal, and the target terminal further needs to determine the source terminal.
第二获取单元36,用于获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述目标终端的标识对应的用户相同。The second obtaining unit 36 is configured to acquire an identifier of the at least one terminal, where the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the target terminal.
第三确定单元37,用于根据第二获取单元36获取的所述至少一个终端的标识,确定源终端。The third determining unit 37 is configured to determine the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal acquired by the second obtaining unit 36.
可选的,第二获取单元36,还用于确定所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,获取所述至少一个终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的指示信息。Optionally, the second obtaining unit 36 is further configured to determine the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, and obtain the indication information of whether the at least one terminal supports the service indicated by the service type identifier.
第三确定单元37具体用于根据第二获取单元36获取的所述指示信息,将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为源终端。The third determining unit 37 is specifically configured to determine, according to the indication information that is obtained by the second acquiring unit 36, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal, as a source. terminal.
可选的,若所述业务切换请求携带源承载标识,第二获取单元36,还用于根据所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述源终端获取所述待切换业务的源承载标识。Optionally, if the service switching request carries the source bearer identifier, the second obtaining unit 36 is further configured to acquire the source bearer identifier of the to-be-switched service from the source terminal according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service. .
可选的,若所述业务切换请求携带所述待切换业务的业务流模板,第二获取单元36,还用于根据所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述源终端获取所述待切换业务的业务流模板。Optionally, if the service switching request carries the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the second obtaining unit 36 is further configured to acquire the to-be-to-before the source terminal according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service. Switch the service flow template of the service.
可选的,若所述业务切换请求携带源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,第二获取单元36,还用于根据所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述源终端获取源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板。Optionally, if the service switching request carries the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the second obtaining unit 36 is further configured to: according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service, to the source terminal Obtaining a source bearer identifier and a service flow template of the to-be-switched service.
其中,所述源承载标识用于指示所述源终端中传输所述待切换业务的承 载,所述源承载标识指示的承载包括所述源终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。The source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the to-be-switched service. The bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, and a data bearer between the base station and the second core network device.
可选的,所述至少一个终端为与所述目标终端建立通信连接的终端;所述通信连接包括D2D连接、蓝牙连接和WIFI连接中的至少一种。Optionally, the at least one terminal is a terminal that establishes a communication connection with the target terminal; the communication connection includes at least one of a D2D connection, a Bluetooth connection, and a WIFI connection.
需要说明的是,在图16所示实施例的第一终端中,各功能单元的具体实现方式以及带来的技术效果参见图2至图8中相应方法实施例的具体描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the first terminal of the embodiment shown in FIG. 16 , the specific implementation manners of the functional units and the technical effects brought about by the specific method embodiments in FIG. 2 to FIG. 8 are omitted. Narration.
图14、图15或图16所示实施例中的第一终端可以以图17所示的第一终端实现,如图17所示,为本发明实施例提供了一种第一终端的结构示意图,图17所示的第一终端3000包括:电源3001、用户接口3002、通信模块3003、处理器3004、显示***3005、传感***3006和音频***3007。图17所示的第一终端的结构并不构成对本发明实施例的限定。The first terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 , FIG. 15 or FIG. 16 can be implemented by the first terminal shown in FIG. 17 , as shown in FIG. 17 , which is a schematic structural diagram of the first terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. The first terminal 3000 shown in FIG. 17 includes a power source 3001, a user interface 3002, a communication module 3003, a processor 3004, a display system 3005, a sensing system 3006, and an audio system 3007. The structure of the first terminal shown in FIG. 17 does not constitute a limitation on the embodiment of the present invention.
其中,电源3001为第一终端3000各项功能的实现提供电力保障。用户接口3002用于第一终端3000与其它设备或装置相连接,实现其它设备或装置与第一终端3000的通信或数据传输。通信模块3003用于实现第一终端3000与基站、卫星等网络侧设备之间的通信或数据传输,还用于实现第一终端3000与其它第一终端之间的通信或数据传输。处理器3004可以实现或执行结合本发明公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。显示***3005用于信息的输出显示以及接收用户输入的操作。传感***3006包括各种传感器,例如温度传感器、距离传感器等。音频***3007用于音频信号的输出。The power supply 3001 provides power guarantee for implementing various functions of the first terminal 3000. The user interface 3002 is used by the first terminal 3000 to connect with other devices or devices to implement communication or data transmission between the other devices or devices and the first terminal 3000. The communication module 3003 is configured to implement communication or data transmission between the first terminal 3000 and a network side device such as a base station or a satellite, and is also used to implement communication or data transmission between the first terminal 3000 and other first terminals. The processor 3004 can implement or perform various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. Display system 3005 is used for output display of information and for receiving user input operations. Sensing system 3006 includes various sensors, such as temperature sensors, distance sensors, and the like. The audio system 3007 is used for the output of an audio signal.
应用于本发明实施例中,处理器3003用于实现图14中第一确定单元33的功能,相应地,通信模块3003用于实现接收单元32和发送单元31的功能;处理器3003用于实现图15中第一获取单元34和第二确定单元35的功能,相应地,通信模块3003用于实现发送单元31的功能;处理器3003用于实现图16中第二获取单元36和第三确定单元37的功能,相应地,通信模块3003用于实现发送单元31的功能。In the embodiment of the present invention, the processor 3003 is configured to implement the functions of the first determining unit 33 in FIG. 14. Correspondingly, the communication module 3003 is configured to implement the functions of the receiving unit 32 and the sending unit 31; the processor 3003 is configured to implement The functions of the first obtaining unit 34 and the second determining unit 35 in FIG. 15 , correspondingly, the communication module 3003 is configured to implement the function of the transmitting unit 31; the processor 3003 is configured to implement the second obtaining unit 36 and the third determining in FIG. 16 The function of the unit 37, correspondingly, the communication module 3003 is used to implement the functions of the transmitting unit 31.
在本发明实施例中还提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述第一终端所用的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述方面为第一终端所设计的程序,以实现图2至图8所示任一实施例中第一终端的动作。In the embodiment of the present invention, a computer storage medium is provided for storing computer software instructions used by the first terminal, which includes a program designed to execute the foregoing aspect for the first terminal, to implement FIG. 2 to The action of the first terminal in any of the embodiments shown in FIG.
尽管在此结合各实施例对本发明进行了描述,然而,在实施所要求保护的 本发明过程中,本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施,但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the invention has been described herein in connection with various embodiments, Other variations to the disclosed embodiments can be understood and effected by those skilled in the <RTIgt; In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "a" or "an" does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may fulfill several of the functions recited in the claims. Certain measures are recited in mutually different dependent claims, but this does not mean that the measures are not combined to produce a good effect.
本领域技术人员应明白,本发明的实施例可提供为方法、装置(设备)、或计算机程序产品。因此,本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。计算机程序存储/分布在合适的介质中,与其它硬件一起提供或作为硬件的一部分,也可以采用其他分布形式,如通过Internet或其它有线或无线电信***。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, apparatus (device), or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code. The computer program is stored/distributed in a suitable medium, provided with other hardware or as part of the hardware, or in other distributed forms, such as over the Internet or other wired or wireless telecommunication systems.
本发明是参照本发明实施例的方法、装置(设备)和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present invention has been described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of the methods, apparatus, and computer program products of the embodiments of the invention. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本发明进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱 离本发明的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本发明的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本发明范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本发明进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本发明的精神和范围。这样,倘若本发明的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 Although the invention has been described in connection with specific features and embodiments thereof, it is obvious that Various modifications and combinations can be made thereto without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the specification and drawings are to be construed as the It is apparent that those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to the invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and modifications of the invention

Claims (33)

  1. 一种业务切换方法,其特征在于,包括:A service switching method, comprising:
    第一核心网设备接收第一终端发送的业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识;Receiving, by the first core network device, a service switching request sent by the first terminal, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal;
    所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,获取所述源终端的所述待切换业务的识别信息;And acquiring, by the first core network device, the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request;
    所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,确定所述待切换业务的目标终端;Determining, by the first core network device, the target terminal of the to-be-switched service according to the service switching request;
    所述第一核心网设备为所述目标终端分配目标承载标识;The first core network device allocates a target bearer identifier to the target terminal;
    所述第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送传输路径修改请求,所述传输路径修改请求携带所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,所述传输路径修改请求用于请求所述第二核心网设备修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径。The first core network device sends a transmission path modification request to the second core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, The transmission path modification request is used to request the second core network device to modify a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端为所述源终端。The method of claim 1 wherein said first terminal is said source terminal.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述业务切换请求携带目标终端的标识;The method according to claim 2, wherein the service switching request carries an identifier of the target terminal;
    所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,确定所述待切换业务的目标终端,包括:Determining, by the first core network device, the target terminal of the to-be-switched service according to the service switching request, including:
    所述第一核心网设备将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为所述目标终端;或者,Determining, by the first core network device, the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal; or
    若所述目标终端与所述源终端对应同一个用户,则所述第一核心网设备将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为所述目标终端。If the target terminal and the source terminal correspond to the same user, the first core network device determines the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal as the target terminal.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一核心网设备接收第一终端发送的业务切换请求之前,还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein before the first core network device receives the service switching request sent by the first terminal, the method further includes:
    所述第一核心网设备接收所述源终端发送的获取请求,所述获取请求携带 所述源终端的标识;Receiving, by the first core network device, an acquisition request sent by the source terminal, where the acquisition request is carried The identifier of the source terminal;
    所述第一核心网设备根据所述获取请求,获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端对应的用户与所述源终端对应的用户相同;The first core network device acquires an identifier of the at least one terminal according to the obtaining request, where a user corresponding to each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as a user corresponding to the source terminal;
    所述第一核心网设备向所述源终端发送所述至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端的标识用于所述源终端确定目标终端。The first core network device sends an identifier of the at least one terminal to the source terminal, and the identifier of the at least one terminal is used by the source terminal to determine a target terminal.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述业务切换请求未携带目标终端的标识;The method according to claim 2, wherein the service switching request does not carry an identifier of the target terminal;
    所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,确定所述待切换业务的目标终端,包括:Determining, by the first core network device, the target terminal of the to-be-switched service according to the service switching request, including:
    所述第一核心网设备获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述源终端对应的用户相同;The first core network device acquires the identifier of the at least one terminal, and the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal in the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the source terminal;
    所述第一核心网设备根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定所述目标终端。The first core network device determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述业务切换请求携带所述待切换业务的业务类型标识;The method according to claim 5, wherein the service switching request carries a service type identifier of the to-be-switched service;
    所述第一核心网设备根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定所述目标终端,包括:Determining, by the first core network device, the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, including:
    所述第一核心网设备将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为所述目标终端。The first core network device determines, as the target terminal, a terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端为所述目标终端,所述业务切换请求还携带所述目标终端的标识。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first terminal is the target terminal, and the service switching request further carries an identifier of the target terminal.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一核心网设备根据所述业务切换请求,获取所述源终端的所述待切换业务的识别信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the first core network device acquires the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request, and includes:
    若所述业务切换请求未携带源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则所述第一核心网设备根据所述源终端的标识,获取所述源终端的IP地址,并将所述源终端的IP地址确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或者, If the service switching request does not carry the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the first core network device obtains the IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal, and Determining, by the IP address of the source terminal, identification information of the to-be-switched service; or
    若所述业务切换请求还携带源承载标识,则所述第一核心网设备将所述源承载标识确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或者,If the service switching request further carries the source bearer identifier, the first core network device determines the source bearer identifier as the identification information of the to-be-switched service; or
    若所述业务切换请求还携带所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则所述第一核心网设备将所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或者,If the service switching request further carries the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the first core network device determines the service flow template as the identification information of the to-be-switched service; or
    若所述业务切换请求还携带源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则所述第一核心网设备检测所述源承载标识对应的业务流模板与所述待切换业务的业务流模板是否相同;或者,所述第一核心网设备检测所述待切换业务的业务流模板对应的承载标识与所述源承载标识是否相同;若相同,则所述第一核心网设备将所述源承载标识和/或所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或,若不相同,则所述第一核心网设备将所述源承载标识和所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;If the service switching request further carries the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the first core network device detects the service flow template corresponding to the source bearer identifier and the service flow of the to-be-switched service Whether the template is the same; or the first core network device detects whether the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service is the same as the source bearer identifier; if the same, the first core network device The source bearer identifier and/or the service flow template is determined as the identification information of the to-be-switched service; or, if not, the first core network device determines the source bearer identifier and the service flow template as Identification information of the service to be switched;
    其中,所述源承载标识用于指示所述源终端中传输所述待切换业务的承载,所述源承载标识指示的承载包括所述源终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。The source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
  9. 一种业务切换方法,其特征在于,包括:A service switching method, comprising:
    第二核心网设备接收第一核心网设备发送的传输路径修改请求,所述传输路径修改请求携带待切换业务的识别信息、目标终端的标识和目标承载标识;Receiving, by the second core network device, a transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier;
    所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径。The second core network device modifies a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的IP地址;The method according to claim 9, wherein the identification information of the service to be switched is an IP address of the source terminal;
    所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径,包括:The second core network device, according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, modify a transmission path of the data packet to be switched, including:
    所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;Determining, by the second core network device, the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier;
    所述第二核心网设备接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;或者,所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终 端的IP地址,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。Receiving, by the second core network device, an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and setting a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal; or the second core network device Obtaining an IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, according to the source end The IP address of the terminal obtains the downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service sent to the source terminal, sets the destination IP address in the downlink data packet to the IP address of the target terminal, and sends the target IP address through the target bearer. Give the target terminal.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的源承载标识,所述传输路径修改请求还包括所述源终端的标识;The method according to claim 9, wherein the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a source bearer identifier of the source terminal, and the transmission path modification request further includes an identifier of the source terminal;
    所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径,包括:The second core network device, according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, modify a transmission path of the data packet to be switched, including:
    所述第二核心网设备根据所述源终端的标识,确定所述源终端的IP地址;Determining, by the second core network device, an IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal;
    所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;Determining, by the second core network device, the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier;
    所述第二核心网设备接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,所述第二核心网设备将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;或者,所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址和所述源承载标识,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。The second core network device receives an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and the second core network device sets a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal; or The second core network device obtains an IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, and obtains the to-be-switched to be sent to the source terminal according to the IP address of the source terminal and the source bearer identifier. The downlink data packet of the service is set to the IP address of the target terminal in the downlink data packet, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
  12. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述待切换业务的识别信息为所述待切换业务的业务流模板;The method according to claim 9, wherein the identification information of the service to be switched is a service flow template of the service to be switched;
    所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径,包括:The second core network device, according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, modify a transmission path of the data packet to be switched, including:
    所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;Determining, by the second core network device, the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier;
    所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述源终端的IP地址,所述第二核心网设备接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;或者,所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承 载发送给所述目标终端。The second core network device obtains an IP address of the source terminal according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and the second core network device receives an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and the The source IP address in the uplink data packet is set to the IP address of the source terminal; or the second core network device obtains the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, according to the to-be-switched service a service flow template, obtaining a downlink data packet of the service to be switched, setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal, and passing the target Transmitted to the target terminal.
  13. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板;所述传输路径修改请求还包括所述源终端的标识;The method according to claim 9, wherein the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a source bearer identifier of the source terminal and a service flow template of the to-be-switched service; the transmission path modification request further includes the source The identity of the terminal;
    所述第二核心网设备根据所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径,包括:The second core network device, according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, modify a transmission path of the data packet to be switched, including:
    所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;Determining, by the second core network device, the target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier;
    所述第二核心网设备根据所述源终端的标识或所述待切换业务的业务流模板,确定所述源终端的IP地址;Determining, by the second core network device, an IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal or the service flow template of the to-be-switched service;
    所述第二核心网设备接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;或者,Receiving, by the second core network device, an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and setting a source IP address in the uplink data packet as an IP address of the source terminal; or
    所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端;和/或,所述第二核心网设备根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址和所述源承载标识,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。Obtaining, by the second core network device, the IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, obtaining a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and performing the downlink The destination IP address in the data packet is set to the IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer; and/or the second core network device obtains according to the identifier of the target terminal. Obtaining, by the IP address of the target terminal, the downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service sent to the source terminal according to the IP address of the source terminal and the source bearer identifier, and the destination in the downlink data packet The IP address is set to an IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
  14. 一种业务切换方法,其特征在于,包括:A service switching method, comprising:
    第一终端向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识。The first terminal sends a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端为所述源终端。The method of claim 14, wherein the first terminal is the source terminal.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述业务切换请求还携 带目标终端的标识。The method according to claim 15, wherein the service switching request is further carried With the identity of the target terminal.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求之前,还包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein before the first terminal sends a service switching request to the first core network device, the method further includes:
    所述源终端获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述源终端的标识对应的用户相同;The source terminal acquires the identifier of the at least one terminal, where the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the source terminal;
    所述源终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定目标终端。The source terminal determines the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述源终端确定所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,获取所述至少一个终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的指示信息;Determining, by the source terminal, the service type identifier of the service to be switched, and obtaining, by the at least one terminal, indication information of the service indicated by the service type identifier;
    所述源终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定目标终端,包括:Determining, by the source terminal, the target terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, including:
    所述源终端根据所述指示信息,将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为目标终端。And determining, by the source terminal, the terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal, according to the indication information, as the target terminal.
  19. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端为目标终端,所述业务切换请求还携带所述目标终端的标识。The method according to claim 14, wherein the first terminal is a target terminal, and the service switching request further carries an identifier of the target terminal.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求之前,还包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein before the first terminal sends a service switching request to the first core network device, the method further includes:
    所述目标终端获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端的标识对应的用户和所述目标终端的标识对应的用户相同;Obtaining, by the target terminal, an identifier of the at least one terminal, where the user corresponding to the identifier of each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as the user corresponding to the identifier of the target terminal;
    所述目标终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定源终端。The target terminal determines the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 20, further comprising:
    所述目标终端确定所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,获取所述至少一个终端是否支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的指示信息;Determining, by the target terminal, the service type identifier of the service to be switched, and obtaining, by the at least one terminal, indication information of the service indicated by the service type identifier;
    所述目标终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定源终端,包括:Determining, by the target terminal, the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, including:
    所述目标终端根据所述指示信息,将所述至少一个终端的标识所指示的终端中支持所述业务类型标识所指示的业务的终端,确定为源终端。 And determining, by the target terminal, the terminal that supports the service indicated by the service type identifier in the terminal indicated by the identifier of the at least one terminal, according to the indication information, as the source terminal.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述业务切换请求中携带源承载标识和/或业务流模板;The method according to claim 21, wherein the service switching request carries a source bearer identifier and/or a service flow template;
    其中,若所述业务切换请求携带源承载标识,所述目标终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定源终端之后,还包括:If the service switching request carries the source bearer identifier, the target terminal, after determining the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, further includes:
    所述目标终端根据所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述源终端获取所述待切换业务的源承载标识;或者,Determining, by the target terminal, the source bearer identifier of the to-be-switched service to the source terminal according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service; or
    若所述业务切换请求携带所述待切换业务的业务流模板,所述目标终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定源终端之后,还包括:If the service switching request carries the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the target terminal, after determining the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, further includes:
    所述目标终端根据所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述源终端获取所述待切换业务的业务流模板;或者,The target terminal acquires the service flow template of the to-be-switched service from the source terminal according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service; or
    若所述业务切换请求携带源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,所述目标终端根据所述至少一个终端的标识,确定源终端之后,还包括:If the service switching request carries the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, the target terminal, after determining the source terminal according to the identifier of the at least one terminal, further includes:
    所述目标终端根据所述待切换业务的业务类型标识,向所述源终端获取源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板;The target terminal acquires a source bearer identifier and a service flow template of the to-be-switched service to the source terminal according to the service type identifier of the to-be-switched service;
    其中,所述源承载标识用于指示所述源终端中传输所述待切换业务的承载,所述源承载标识指示的承载包括所述源终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。The source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
  23. 一种第一核心网设备,其特征在于,包括:A first core network device, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收第一终端发送的业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识;a receiving unit, configured to receive a service switching request sent by the first terminal, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal;
    获取单元,用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述业务切换请求,获取所述源终端的所述待切换业务的识别信息;An obtaining unit, configured to acquire, according to the service switching request received by the receiving unit, identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal;
    确定单元,用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述业务切换请求,确定所述待切换业务的目标终端;a determining unit, configured to determine, according to the service switching request received by the receiving unit, a target terminal of the to-be-switched service;
    分配单元,用于为所述确定单元确定的所述目标终端分配目标承载标识;An allocating unit, configured to allocate a target bearer identifier to the target terminal determined by the determining unit;
    发送单元,用于向第二核心网设备发送传输路径修改请求,所述传输路径修改请求携带所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,所述传输路径修改请求用于请求所述第二核心网设备修改所述待切换 业务的数据包的传输路径。a sending unit, configured to send a transmission path modification request to the second core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier, where the transmission path is The modification request is used to request the second core network device to modify the to-be-switched The transmission path of the packet of the service.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的第一核心网设备,其特征在于,所述业务切换请求携带目标终端的标识;所述确定单元具体用于:The first core network device according to claim 23, wherein the service switching request carries an identifier of the target terminal; the determining unit is specifically configured to:
    将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为所述目标终端;或者,Determining, by the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal, the target terminal; or
    若所述目标终端与所述源终端对应同一个用户,则将所述目标终端的标识指示的终端确定为所述目标终端。If the target terminal and the source terminal correspond to the same user, the terminal indicated by the identifier of the target terminal is determined as the target terminal.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的第一核心网设备,其特征在于,The first core network device according to claim 24, wherein
    所述接收单元,还用于接收所述源终端发送的获取请求,所述获取请求携带所述源终端的标识;The receiving unit is further configured to receive an acquisition request sent by the source terminal, where the obtaining request carries an identifier of the source terminal;
    所述获取单元,还用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述获取请求,获取至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端中每个终端对应的用户与所述源终端对应的用户相同;The acquiring unit is further configured to acquire, according to the acquiring request received by the receiving unit, an identifier of the at least one terminal, where a user corresponding to each terminal of the at least one terminal is the same as a user corresponding to the source terminal;
    所述发送单元,还用于向所述源终端发送所述获取单元获取的所述至少一个终端的标识,所述至少一个终端的标识用于所述源终端确定目标终端。The sending unit is further configured to send, to the source terminal, an identifier of the at least one terminal acquired by the acquiring unit, where the identifier of the at least one terminal is used by the source terminal to determine a target terminal.
  26. 根据权利要求23所述的第一核心网设备,其特征在于,所述第一终端为所述目标终端,所述业务切换请求还携带所述目标终端的标识。The first core network device according to claim 23, wherein the first terminal is the target terminal, and the service switching request further carries an identifier of the target terminal.
  27. 根据权利要求23-26任一项所述的第一核心网设备,其特征在于,在所述根据所述业务切换请求,获取所述源终端的所述待切换业务的识别信息方面,所述获取单元具体用于:The first core network device according to any one of claims 23 to 26, wherein, in the obtaining the identification information of the to-be-switched service of the source terminal according to the service switching request, The acquisition unit is specifically used to:
    若所述业务切换请求未携带源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则根据所述源终端的标识,获取所述源终端的IP地址,并将所述源终端的IP地址确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或者,If the service switching request does not carry the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, obtain an IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal, and determine an IP address of the source terminal. Identification information of the service to be switched; or
    若所述业务切换请求还携带源承载标识,则将所述源承载标识确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或者,If the service switching request further carries the source bearer identifier, determining the source bearer identifier as the identification information of the to-be-switched service; or
    若所述业务切换请求还携带所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则将所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或者, And if the service switching request further carries the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, determining the service flow template as the identification information of the to-be-switched service; or
    若所述业务切换请求还携带源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板,则检测所述源承载标识对应的业务流模板与所述待切换业务的业务流模板是否相同;或者,检测所述待切换业务的业务流模板对应的承载标识与所述源承载标识是否相同;若相同,则将所述源承载标识和/或所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;或,若不相同,则将所述源承载标识和所述业务流模板确定为所述待切换业务的识别信息;If the service switching request further carries the source bearer identifier and the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, detecting whether the service flow template corresponding to the source bearer identifier is the same as the service flow template of the to-be-switched service; or Whether the bearer identifier corresponding to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service is the same as the source bearer identifier; if the same, determining the source bearer identifier and/or the service flow template as the identification information of the to-be-switched service Or, if not, determining the source bearer identifier and the service flow template as the identification information of the to-be-switched service;
    其中,所述源承载标识用于指示所述源终端中传输所述待切换业务的承载,所述源承载标识指示的承载包括所述源终端和基站之间的无线承载、所述基站和第二核心网设备之间的数据承载。The source bearer identifier is used to indicate that the source terminal transmits the bearer of the to-be-switched service, and the bearer indicated by the source bearer identifier includes a radio bearer between the source terminal and the base station, the base station, and a Data bearer between two core network devices.
  28. 一种第二核心网设备,其特征在于,包括:A second core network device, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收第一核心网设备发送的传输路径修改请求,所述传输路径修改请求携带待切换业务的识别信息、目标终端的标识和目标承载标识;a receiving unit, configured to receive a transmission path modification request sent by the first core network device, where the transmission path modification request carries the identification information of the service to be switched, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier;
    修改单元,用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述待切换业务的识别信息、所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,修改所述待切换业务的数据包的传输路径。And a modifying unit, configured to modify a transmission path of the data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the identification information of the to-be-switched service, the identifier of the target terminal, and the target bearer identifier received by the receiving unit.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的第二核心网设备,其特征在于,所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的IP地址;The second core network device according to claim 28, wherein the identification information of the service to be switched is an IP address of the source terminal;
    所述修改单元具体用于:The modifying unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;Determining a target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier;
    接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;或者,根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。Receiving an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and setting a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal; or obtaining, according to an identifier of the target terminal, the target terminal And obtaining, by the IP address of the source terminal, a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service that is sent to the source terminal, and setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal. And transmitting to the target terminal by the target bearer.
  30. 根据权利要求28所述的第二核心网设备,其特征在于,所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的源承载标识,所述传输路径修改请求还包括所述源终端的标识; The second core network device according to claim 28, wherein the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a source bearer identifier of the source terminal, and the transmission path modification request further includes an identifier of the source terminal;
    所述修改单元具体用于:The modifying unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述源终端的标识,确定所述源终端的IP地址;Determining an IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal;
    根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;Determining a target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier;
    接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;或者,根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址和所述源承载标识,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。Receiving an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and setting a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal; or obtaining, according to an identifier of the target terminal, the target terminal And obtaining, by the IP address of the source terminal, the downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service sent by the source terminal, and setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to An IP address of the target terminal is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
  31. 根据权利要求28所述的第二核心网设备,其特征在于,所述待切换业务的识别信息为所述待切换业务的业务流模板;The second core network device according to claim 28, wherein the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a service flow template of the to-be-switched service;
    所述修改单元具体用于:The modifying unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;Determining a target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier;
    根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述源终端的IP地址,接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;或者,根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。Obtaining an IP address of the source terminal according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, receiving an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and setting a source IP address in the uplink data packet as the source terminal The IP address of the target terminal is obtained according to the identifier of the target terminal, and the downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service is obtained according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and the downlink data is obtained. The destination IP address in the packet is set to the IP address of the target terminal, and is sent to the target terminal by using the target bearer.
  32. 根据权利要求28所述的第二核心网设备,其特征在于,所述待切换业务的识别信息为源终端的源承载标识和所述待切换业务的业务流模板;所述传输路径修改请求还包括所述源终端的标识;The second core network device according to claim 28, wherein the identification information of the to-be-switched service is a source bearer identifier of the source terminal and a service flow template of the to-be-switched service; and the transmission path modification request is further Including the identifier of the source terminal;
    所述修改单元具体用于:The modifying unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述目标终端的标识和所述目标承载标识,确定目标承载;Determining a target bearer according to the identifier of the target terminal and the target bearer identifier;
    根据所述源终端的标识或所述待切换业务的业务流模板,确定所述源终端的IP地址;Determining an IP address of the source terminal according to the identifier of the source terminal or the service flow template of the to-be-switched service;
    接收所述目标承载上传输的上行数据包,并将所述上行数据包中的源IP地址设置为所述源终端的IP地址;或者, Receiving an uplink data packet transmitted on the target bearer, and setting a source IP address in the uplink data packet to an IP address of the source terminal; or
    根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述待切换业务的业务流模板,获得所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端;和/或,根据所述目标终端的标识,获得所述目标终端的IP地址,根据所述源终端的IP地址和所述源承载标识,获得发送给所述源终端的所述待切换业务的下行数据包,将所述下行数据包中的目的IP地址设置为所述目标终端的IP地址,并通过所述目标承载发送给所述目标终端。Obtaining, according to the identifier of the target terminal, an IP address of the target terminal, obtaining a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service according to the service flow template of the to-be-switched service, and setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet Setting an IP address of the target terminal, and transmitting the IP address to the target terminal by using the target bearer; and/or obtaining an IP address of the target terminal according to the identifier of the target terminal, according to the source terminal Obtaining, by the IP address and the source bearer identifier, a downlink data packet of the to-be-switched service that is sent to the source terminal, setting a destination IP address in the downlink data packet to an IP address of the target terminal, and passing the The target bearer is sent to the target terminal.
  33. 一种第一终端,其特征在于,包括:A first terminal, comprising:
    发送单元,用于向第一核心网设备发送业务切换请求,所述业务切换请求用于请求切换源终端的待切换业务,所述业务切换请求携带所述源终端的标识。 And a sending unit, configured to send a service switching request to the first core network device, where the service switching request is used to request to switch the to-be-switched service of the source terminal, where the service switching request carries the identifier of the source terminal.
PCT/CN2016/098440 2016-09-08 2016-09-08 Service switching method and related device WO2018045533A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2016/098440 WO2018045533A1 (en) 2016-09-08 2016-09-08 Service switching method and related device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2016/098440 WO2018045533A1 (en) 2016-09-08 2016-09-08 Service switching method and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018045533A1 true WO2018045533A1 (en) 2018-03-15

Family

ID=61562423

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/098440 WO2018045533A1 (en) 2016-09-08 2016-09-08 Service switching method and related device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018045533A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114258102A (en) * 2020-09-25 2022-03-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method, device, terminal equipment and network equipment for transmitting service data
CN115243401A (en) * 2021-04-22 2022-10-25 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Service processing method, device, system, readable storage medium and electronic equipment

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005122651A (en) * 2003-10-20 2005-05-12 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> Authentication method at service switching, and user terminal switching method using the same
CN101052044A (en) * 2007-05-18 2007-10-10 华为技术有限公司 IPTV stream media business realizing method IMS, network equipment and terminal equipment
CN101557543A (en) * 2008-04-10 2009-10-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 System and method for realizing service handover between equipment
CN102082770A (en) * 2009-11-27 2011-06-01 ***通信集团天津有限公司 Method and system for switching multimedia service between different terminals
CN103067403A (en) * 2013-01-10 2013-04-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system and server of business switching

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005122651A (en) * 2003-10-20 2005-05-12 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> Authentication method at service switching, and user terminal switching method using the same
CN101052044A (en) * 2007-05-18 2007-10-10 华为技术有限公司 IPTV stream media business realizing method IMS, network equipment and terminal equipment
CN101557543A (en) * 2008-04-10 2009-10-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 System and method for realizing service handover between equipment
CN102082770A (en) * 2009-11-27 2011-06-01 ***通信集团天津有限公司 Method and system for switching multimedia service between different terminals
CN103067403A (en) * 2013-01-10 2013-04-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system and server of business switching

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114258102A (en) * 2020-09-25 2022-03-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method, device, terminal equipment and network equipment for transmitting service data
CN115243401A (en) * 2021-04-22 2022-10-25 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Service processing method, device, system, readable storage medium and electronic equipment

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9450667B2 (en) Method for device to device communication and base station and user equipment using the same
US9554406B2 (en) Method for device to device communication and control node using the same
US10674363B2 (en) Access control method, user equipment, and network device
US10750418B2 (en) SDN based connectionless architecture with dual connectivity and carrier aggregation
WO2018090491A1 (en) Indication method and related device
WO2018006215A1 (en) Method, apparatus, and system for managing imsi state of terminal device
US10165472B2 (en) Systems and methods for managing circuit switched fallback calls
US9949198B2 (en) Long term evolution communication system to perform a mobility management entity reselection
US9713176B2 (en) Telecommunication method and telecommunication system
KR102461898B1 (en) Establishing a voice call
US11283770B2 (en) Deriving a security key for relayed communication
KR101669165B1 (en) Method for providing private network service and mobility management entity for the same
WO2016201796A1 (en) Method and system for realizing private network registration, network element devices and computer storage medium
US10750357B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, and related device
WO2018027799A1 (en) Information transmission method, device and communication system
WO2020011134A1 (en) Method and apparatus for data transmission
WO2018045533A1 (en) Service switching method and related device
CN111557102B (en) Information transmission method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
KR101805637B1 (en) Method for Voice Over Long Term Evolution Emergency Call Connection And Single LTE Terminal Thereof
US10499443B2 (en) Data transmission method, related device, and system
US10129920B2 (en) Control apparatus, radio communication device, and method therefor
CN107294867B (en) Method and apparatus for facilitating peer-to-peer communication
WO2018176372A1 (en) Communication method, terminal apparatus, and access network apparatus
TW201820917A (en) Method for transmitting data and apparatus
CN103856931A (en) Data transmission method, system and equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16915468

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16915468

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1